Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Ampol

Ampol

ald · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ald
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Ampol
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Aldermore Group PLC 
Report and Accounts for the 
 18 month period to 30 June 2018

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Contents

Corporate 
governance

Board of Directors 

Executive Committee 

27

28

Corporate governance structure   30

Directors’ Report  

31

Risk management

The Group’s approach to risk  

36

Risk governance and oversight  38

Principal Risks 

41

Financial 
statements

Statement of Directors’  
responsibilities

61 

Independent auditor’s report 

62

Consolidated financial statements   69

Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements

74 

The Company financial statements  120

Notes to the Company  
financial statements

123 

Appendix

Glossary 

127

Strategic report

Introduction 

Business overview 

Financial highlights 

Chairman’s statement 

Market overview 

Our business model 

Chief Executive Officer’s review 

Chief Financial Officer’s review 

Business Finance 

Retail Finance 

Central Functions 

Corporate responsibility 

1

6

7

8

10

12

14

16

19

21

23

24

 Follow us

@AldermoreBank

AldermoreBank

company/aldermore-bank-plc

AldermoreBank

For more information on our business visit
www.aldermore.co.uk

Strategic report 
We are Aldermore

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

1

Aldermore helps customers seek 
and seize opportunities in their 
professional and personal lives. 

We provide business financing to 
support the growth of UK small 
and medium sized enterprises 
(SMEs) and we support investors 
and home-buyers with 
mortgage finance on property. 
With our dynamic online savings 
proposition, we are able to offer 
competitive lending rates to 
our customers.

We’re not like traditional high-
street banks. We go beyond their 
one-size fits all approach by 
understanding our customers’ 
circumstances and by making sure 
we offer a high quality service.

Following a cash offer of 313 pence 
per ordinary share for the Group 
in November 2017 by First Rand, 
South Africa’s largest financial 
services institution by market 
capitalisation, we joined the 
FirstRand Group on 14 March 2018.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix2

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

We are driven every single day to help people 
seek and seize opportunities…

Our customers are go-getters,  
they see the world differently.

They see a world of 
opportunities that  
other people overlook.

They see financing as an 
enabler allowing them to act 
on these possibilities.

Strategic reportAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

3

During the past 18 months we have been 
helping our customers…

Simply Lunch, a family owned chilled ‘Food 2 Go’ supplier, 
prides itself on providing pre-packed sandwiches, salads and 
hot-eats made from locally-sourced fresh food. The company, 
founded over 30 years ago in a burger van in Croydon, now 
employs 200 people and has an unrivalled reputation for 
customer service and has attracted many accolades, including 
winning the prestigious Gold Q award for best overall product 
for their vegetarian range of sandwiches. 

Having worked with Aldermore since 2015, the family’s 
appetite for expansion continues. The growth and 
development of its chilled food range has seen Simply Lunch 
receive c£1.3 million of funding, enabling the company to 
strengthen its focus on client satisfaction through innovation 
and expand its customer base, resulting in a boost to their 
fresh produce sales. 

“ For us to grow our business further, 
we needed to work with a financial 
partner that understood our ambitious 
growth plans. Aldermore has helped 
us in a number of ways over the 
years, from invoice financing to asset 
financing, providing funds, motor 
finance and machinery. The Bank’s 
flexible approach to financing is what 
makes our partnership such a success. 
The Aldermore team has taken the time 
to learn who we are as a business and it 
is committed to accompanying us on our 
growth journey.”

Sam Page,
CEO, Simply Lunch 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix4

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

We focus on the service we provide to our 
intermediary partners…

The opportunity
Brokers are a vital element of Aldermore’s business model 
and we are committed to continuously improving the 
service we offer to brokers and building the strength of our 
relationships. We do this in part through our Broker Academy 
in Business Finance.

What we did
During the period, we ran two unique Broker Academies, 
including six sessions delivered to over 100 attendees, with 
90% of places filled within three days! Training covered sales 
skills, broking principles and regulatory issues and provided 
directly relevant insight for brokers in their day jobs.

The outcome
The Academies were a great success, with over 90% 
of brokers rating the training as either 6 or 7 out of 7, 
commenting that it was a “fantastic course”, “interesting” and 
with “great material”.

We are proud of this success and the continued investment 
Aldermore makes to support our intermediary partners.

Turning our commitment 
into a Partnership 
During the period, we acquired a 48% 
share of AFS Group, which is a network of 
brokers supporting lending to SMEs and 
businesses across the UK. Their product 
offering is very comprehensive and 
includes asset finance, invoice finance and 
working capital, commercial mortgages, 
property development and business 
loans, complementing our Business 
Finance offering.

We’ve worked closely with AFS Group in 
the asset finance market for many years, 
so we know the company and its network 
very well. As such, it is a good fit and our 
relationship is stronger and deeper following 
this investment.

Read more on how this impacts our financial 
statements on page 100

Strategic reportAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

5

and we have been working on how we 
embed our culture…

Focus on diversity
Our customers share a go-getter attitude which transcends 
race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation or background. 
We share that view and are focusing on making Aldermore an 
inclusive workplace. 

We’ve launched our inclusion@Aldermore network and 
released our first Gender Pay Gap report.

The opportunity
We believe our culture is an important part of our customer 
and colleague experience. By actively thinking about and 
engaging our staff with our culture, we have created an 
environment that puts the customer first and reinforces 
behaviours and values that we all share.

What we did
We engaged colleagues across multiple locations in a “Big 
Conversation”, to build a shared understanding of Aldermore’s 
culture and strategic vision.

The outcome
Employees share our customer vision and are excited to be 
involved in delivering it. The “Big Conversation” validates 
our DNA , helping us to develop ‘behavioural guiderails’ to 
maximise our customer experience.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix6

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Business overview

We operate as 
a specialist player 
in large markets…

Market size1 £bn and estimated market share %

Asset Finance

BTL Mortgages2

Owner Occupied Mortgages2

£31bn
2.7%

£54bn
3.19%

£319bn
0.19%

… we are diversified 

across both lending 
and funding portfolios…

Asset Finance

Invoice Finance

SME Commercial Mortgages

Buy-to-Let

Residential Mortgages

%

21

3

11

49

16

Retail deposits

SME deposits

Corporate deposits

Government schemes

Other wholesale

%

54

21

6

17

1

… we offer well-secured 
lending and savings 
across a growing 
customer base…

Lending portfolio £bn

Funding base £bn

£9.0bn

£9.6bn

Customer numbers*3

130k

160k

195k

220k

238k

2013

2014

2015

2016

June 2018

… which generate strong 
risk-adjusted returns…

Underlying4 return on equity %/ Return on equity%*

15.1

13.5

11.6 11.6

20.6

19.7

17.9 17.2

17.2

13.9

*  Key performance indicators.

1  Source: Council of Mortgage Lenders, De Montfort University, FLA, 

Aldermore estimates.

2013

2014

2015

2016

June 2018

2  Market size and market share by originations for the 18 month period from 

Underlying return on equity%* 4

Return on equity%*

January 2017 to June 2018.

3  Refer to glossary on page 127 for definitions and calculations.

4  Refer to reconciliation of underlying profit before tax to statutory profit 

before tax on page 17.

Strategic reportFinancial highlights

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

7

" The 18 months to June 
2018 has seen another 
strong financial 
performance for 
the Group.”

James Mack,
Chief Financial Officer

Read more about the financial performance 
on pages 16 to 18

Loans  and advances to customers £bn*1

Customer deposits £bn*1 

3.4

4.8

6.1

7.5

9.0

3.5

4.5

5.7

6.7

7.8

2013

2014

2015

2016

June 2018

2013

2014

2015

2016

June 2018

+20%

+17%

Net interest margin %*1 

Underlying2 cost/income ratio %*1, 3, 4 

3.0

3.4

3.6

3.5

3.5

66

60

51

45

46

2013

2014

2015

2016

18 month period 
to June 2018

2013

2014

2015

2016

18 month period 
to June 2018

Cost of risk (bps)*1 

Reported profit before tax £m*1 

42

23

19

23

16

25.7

50.3

94.7

128.7

195.0

2013

2014

2015

2016

18 month period 
to June 2018

2013

2014

2015

2016

18 month period 
to June 2018

+0.07%

+52%

*  Key performance indicators.

1,2 Refer to glossary on page 127 for definitions and calculations.

3  Refer to reconciliation of underlying profit before tax to statutory profit before tax on page 17.

4  Statutory cost income ratio: 54% (2016: 46%).

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix8

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Chairman’s statement

“ As a Board, we are pleased with Aldermore’s 
continuing progress and growing franchise 
strength, recognised in the acquisition 
of the Group by FirstRand.”

Pat Butler,
Chairman

Overview 
I am honoured to take the role of Chair 
at Aldermore, and pleased to report 
that in the 18 month period to 30 June 
2018 the Group continued to advance 
our strategic aims of providing banking 
services that are customer driven, 
simply delivered and securely managed. 
We also extended our track record of 
profitable organic growth and robust 
credit control across the diversified loan 
portfolio, growing the overall book by 
20% and earning an underlying ROE1, 2 
of 17.2%.

Joining the FirstRand Group
In November 2017, we received a cash 
offer for the Bank of 313 pence per 
ordinary share from FirstRand, South 
Africa’s largest financial services 
institution by market capitalisation3. 
The FirstRand offer was accepted in 
December 2017 by the shareholders 
and completed in March 2018 with 
the Group delisting from the London 
Stock Exchange. 

In deciding to recommend the offer to 
our shareholders, the Board considered 
our current performance, our business 
plans and the economic outlook, and 
concluded that it was an attractive 
opportunity for shareholders to realise 
an immediate and certain value uplift 
that would have taken time to unlock as 
a standalone company. 

We also concluded that there was 
a powerful strategic and cultural fit 
between Aldermore and the FirstRand 
Group that would enable us to 
accelerate and extend our ambitions 
for the business. We are confident 
that with FirstRand’s support and 
experience, and the broader footprint 
that comes from its UK MotoNovo 
business, Aldermore can bring 
even more forceful challenge to the 
incumbents in the UK banking sector 
in the coming years, for the benefit 
of our customers, colleagues and 
wider stakeholders. 

Strategic reportAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

9

An evolving and uncertain 
landscape
Aldermore’s progress over the 
last 18 months has been against a 
background of continued change in the 
UK banking sector. As we look forward, 
increasing competition, concerns 
about Brexit and the UK’s macro-
economic prospects, a slowing of the 
housing market, continued regulatory 
change and the onward march of 
technology contribute to an uncertain 
environment of both challenge and 
opportunity. Financial technology 
in particular is transforming the 
sector, giving customers greater 
access, control and choice, as well as 
enabling more efficient platforms. 
Aldermore’s clear commitment to 
innovation and customer-centricity, 
combined with FirstRand’s proven track 
record of supporting the creation of 
successful and disruptive businesses, 
positions us well to take advantage of 
these changes. 

Maintaining strong 
governance
Although no longer a listed company 
we are committed to maintaining 
the highest standards of corporate 
governance, and we believe that we 
will be well placed to adopt the Wates 
principles for large private companies 
as they emerge in December 2018.

I am committed to ensuring that the 
Board has the right balance of skills and 
experience to meet the challenges and 
opportunities ahead, and following the 
acquisition by FirstRand, a number of 
changes have been made for the next 
phase of Aldermore’s development. 
We are delighted to welcome to the 
Board, the FirstRand representative 

Directors, Alan Pullinger, Chief 
Executive Officer, and Harry Kellan, 
Chief Financial Officer4. I would also 
like to thank Johan Burger, Executive 
Director and former Chief Executive 
Officer of FirstRand, who joined the 
Aldermore Board on completion of 
the sale on 14 March 2018, and who 
stood down from his position as Non-
Executive Director of the Board on 
31 August 2018. Both Alan and Harry 
bring a wealth of banking experience 
and have been at the forefront of 
innovation in the South African market.

I would like to thank Robert Sharpe, 
who stepped down from the Board in 
October 2017, and Chris Patrick, who 
stepped down following the completion 
of the acquisition as a representative 
of our former principal shareholder, 
AnaCap Financial Partners LLP. I would 
also like to extend my gratitude to 
AnaCap and to all of our shareholders 
for their support on our journey so far. 

I would also like to thank all of the Board 
members for leading the Group through 
the acquisition and in particular Danuta 
Gray, for her impeccable leadership 
as Interim Chairman, her invaluable 
support to me as I took on the Chair 
role, and her continued contribution as 
Senior Independent Director.  

United by our purpose 
I have found Aldermore to be an 
organisation of committed and expert 
professionals, unified by a passion 
to deliver 'banking as it should be' to 
businesses, homeowners, landlords 
and savers. We cherish this common 
purpose and aim to create an engaging 
and entrepreneurial culture where 
individuals of all backgrounds can be 
successful in its pursuit.

During the period, we reported our 
Gender Pay Gap and  I am encouraged 
by the steps we have taken to increase 
female representation within our senior 
leadership population. We are proud 
signatories of the Women in Finance 
Charter and, while there is always more 
to do, we have taken many actions to 
ensure that women are not only better 
represented but better supported 
within Aldermore. 

Outlook 
I am excited to be working with the 
entrepreneurial team at Aldermore 
and by the new possibilities presented 
to us as part of the FirstRand Group. 
We are not immune to the challenges of 
the economic, political, and regulatory 
climate we now face, but I am confident 
that we have the agility to seize the 
opportunities that this climate will also 
bring. Fundamentally, we believe there 
will continued demand for the specialist 
banking services we offer, particularly 
when deployed in new and disruptive 
ways, that put customers first and 
everyone at Aldermore remains 
passionate about challenging the status 
quo in UK banking. 

I would like to congratulate the Board, 
the Executive team and every colleague 
past and present who has contributed 
to Aldermore’s success so far.

Pat Butler,
Chairman

1  ROE from reported profits was 13.9% (2016: 17.2%).

2  Refer to glossary on page 127 for definitions and calculations.

3  As at 30 June 2018.

4  Johan Burger stood down as a Non-Executive Director on 31 August 2018 and will be replaced 

by Harry Kellan (CFO of FirstRand Limited) subject to necessary regulatory approvals.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix10

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Market overview

Macro-economy 
Aldermore’s business, all of its staff and the majority of our 
customers are based in the UK.  As a result, what happens in 
the economy here affects us. The pricing of loans, mortgages 
and savings products are generally impacted by any changes 
in the Bank of England base rate. Confidence in economic 
growth can also impact demand for houses or investment 
funding for businesses.

This period
During the period the economy has remained resilient, despite 
the ongoing uncertainty posed by Brexit negotiations. A pick 
up in inflation led to the first increase in the Bank of England 
base rate in a decade and rates further increased on 2 August 
2018 to 75bps. The mortgage market has started to slow. 
However, unemployment continues to remain at historic lows 
and the outlook for GDP remains for nominal growth of 2% in 
the medium term.

Key impact
Whilst our SME Future Attitudes report indicates that 
customers maintain a positive outlook for their businesses, 
a more muted GDP outlook implies slower growth in lending 
markets. This may increase competitive pressure in our 
markets and sharpen the focus to further diversify.

Legal and regulation
Banking is a highly regulated market. The two UK financial 
services regulators, the PRA and the FCA, are responsible 
for effective prudential management and fair conduct 
respectively. These bodies jointly ensure that local and 
European law is applied to the UK banking industry.

This period
The PRA introduced customer affordability testing, effective 
from the start of the 2017, as well as changes to underwriting 
for professional landlords (with four or more properties) which 
came into effect in September 2017.

Key impact
Government and regulatory interventions in the Buy-to-Let 
market are expected to contribute to a 12% contraction in 
the size of the overall market to £36 billion (from £41 billion in 
2016) according to UK Finance. The market is also expected 
to professionalise, as investors develop property portfolios 
and use incorporated structures or special purchase vehicles 
(SPVs) to buy property. Aldermore and other specialists 
already have strong relationships with professional landlords 
but may see increased competition from new entrants into 
this area of the market.

Strategic reportAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

11

Competition
Since the global financial crisis, both the regulators and the 
Competition and Markets Authority have sought healthy 
competition and fair customer outcomes in the UK financial 
services industry. Post the crisis, many institutions stopped 
servicing groups of customers, particularly small and medium 
sized businesses and first-time homebuyers. By serving 
these unmet needs, Aldermore has continued to grow. 

Customer behaviour
Large branch networks and standardised single-channel 
service are outdated in UK banking. Customers and 
intermediaries are increasingly using online and digital 
services and desire more flexibility from savings and lending 
products. The response to this trend has been the emergence 
and growth of new entrants to the banking sector such 
as Aldermore.

This period
Competition has continued to intensify in the business finance 
and mortgage markets in which Aldermore operates, as new 
entrants seek to take advantage of the challenger niche 
established by early entrants such as Aldermore.

Key impact
The heightened competitive pressure further reinforces the 
need for lenders to offer a differentiated product and service 
proposition and secure effective distribution channels to 
support growth and customer retention. Aldermore has 
continued to perform strongly during the period and continues 
to invest to maintain its competitive position. 

This period
Aldermore has remained alert to the changing preferences 
of customers in managing their financing needs. Our retail 
savings proposition has moved 100% online for new accounts, 
reflecting the way the majority of customers choose to do 
business with us. The Business Finance division continues to 
invest in technology to improve the customer journey.

Key impact
Our specialist underwriting expertise and focus on putting 
the customer at the forefront of what we do enables us 
to continue helping more customers to seek and seize 
opportunities in their professional and personal lives leading 
to our continued growth. We continue to invest in servicing to 
customers and brokers and this is reflected in the high levels 
of customer advocacy we continue to receive.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix12

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Our business model
Aldermore provides specialist banking and underwriting expertise to help 
customers seek and seize opportunities in their professional and personal lives.

Our foundations 
inform our  
business model

We differentiate
across the  
value chain

We are a
specialist lender
and underwriter 
focused in select 
markets

Our DNA: to be 
reliable, expert, 
dynamic and
straightforward 
informs 
everything  
that we do

We are modern, 
scalable and  
completely 
focused
in the UK

Strong and 
effective 
governance 
provides  
oversight
and direction

Our expertise  
in risk 
management 
helps secure the
sustainability  
of our business

Read more about  
our governance from  
page 26

Read more about  
our risks from  
page 35

1

Exceptional service  
in distribution

We go above 
and beyond  
to add value to our 
broker relationships, 
which represent c80% 
of our distribution, 
whether through 
speed of service or our 
training academies. 
We also have simple 
direct propositions to 
support customers.

2

Technology 
enabled specialist
underwriting

Our human  
underwriters
understand that not  
all customers look the 
same and use their
experience to make
safe underwriting
decisions rather than
adopting a 'computer
says yes or no' 
attitude.

3

Award winning 
savings franchise

Our savings franchise 
is cutting-edge. 
Giving retail and 
business customers 
the flexibility to 
choose their own 
deposit terms and the 
security of knowing 
they will always get a 
competitive return 
without having to 
shop around.

Originations

Net lending

Deposits

£bn

£bn

£bn

2.6

3.2

4.7

6.1

7.5

9.0

5.7

6.7

7.8

2015

2016

June
2018

2015

2016

June
2018

2015

2016

18
month
period
to
June
2018

Our foundations
We operate in select areas of the UK 
banking market, chosen specifically for 
their size, attractive returns and strong 
collateral characteristics including 
Asset Finance, Invoice Finance, SME 
Commercial Mortgages, Buy-to-Let 
and Residential Mortgages. During the 
period, we restructured the business 
into Business Finance which includes 
Asset Finance, Invoice Finance and 
SME Commercial Mortgages and Retail 
Finance which includes Buy-to-Let 
Mortgages, Residential Owner Occupied 
Mortgages and Savings. Our DNA is 
built around helping our customers to 
seize opportunities. We use our modern 
systems to intelligently support our 
specialist underwriters to make quick 
and informed lending decisions.

How we differentiate
Our business model is differentiated 
across each aspect of the value chain. 
Our commitment to award-winning 
customer service with our broker 
partners (read more on page 16) and 
direct customers has supported 
origination of £4.7 billion during the 
18 months to 30 June 2018, with total 
lending now reaching £9.0 billion 
(31 December 2016: £7.5 billion) as more 
customers choose Aldermore.

Our lending continues to be primarily 
funded by retail and business customer 
savings, with total deposits reaching 
£7.8 billion as at 30 June 2018, with the 
remainder being funded predominantly 
by the Term Funding Scheme. 
Our dynamic online proposition 
continues to receive industry 
recognition and delight customers. 

1  Refer to glossary on page 127 for definitions and calculations.

Our credit experts help to ensure that 
lending decisions are aligned to our 
prudent risk appetite. They use their 
experience to manage risk across our 
diversified portfolio which, as well 
as the benign credit environment, 
supports low levels of impairment as 
reflected in our cost of risk at 16bps for 
the period to 30 June 2018.

 Our robust approach to risk 
management extends to our prudent 
approach to capital and liquidity 
management. Our total statutory 
capital ratio has fallen slightly during 
the period to 15.1% (31 December 
2016: 15.6%), and our statutory 
CET1 ratio has improved to 12.3% 
(31 December 2016: 11.5%).

Strategic reportAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

13

And generate superior
returns and outcomes
for all our stakeholders

Business 
Finance

Deposits

Wholesale

Mortgages

illustrative

We make loans 
to customers 
that generate 
interest and 
fee income

We pay 
interest on 
customer 
deposits and 
other sources 
of funding

Our income is 
the balance of 
these two

If a customer 
were unable 
to make 
their loan 
repayments, 
we would incur 
an impairment

Operating 
expenses 
are incurred 
in running 
the bank

What 
remains 
is profit – 
after we pay 
our taxes

Our customers

Our people

 Our communities and environment

More about our
corporate responsibility 
on page 24

Our financial  
statements start  
on page 60

4

Excellence in credit 
risk and portfolio  
management

We are experts in 
understanding the 
risks associated with 
lending. We have a 
prudent risk appetite 
and have built a highly 
diversified business 
across our chosen 
markets and within 
portfolios, ensuring low 
levels of impairment.

5

Prudent capital and 
liquidity management

Having built the Bank in 
the aftermath of the 
financial crisis,  
we understand the  
importance of 
maintaining a robust 
capital position and  
maintaining sufficient 
cash reserves at 
all times.

Cost of risk1

CET1 ratio

bps

%

19.0

23.0

16.0

11.8

11.5

12.3

2015

2016

18
month
period
to
June
2018

2015

2016

18
month
period
to
June
2018

Strong outcomes for 
stakeholders
Our differentiated business model 
enables us to generate strong 
outcomes for stakeholders, generating 
continued profitability with an 
underlying return on equity2 of 17.2% 
(31 December 2016: 17.9%). We have 
also continued to invest in the business 
to improve customer experience, 
enhance employee engagement and 
give back to our communities. You can 
read more on this on pages 24 to 25.

1  Refer to glossary on page 127 for definitions and calculations.

2  ROE from reported profits: 13.9% (2016: 17.2%).

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix14

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Chief Executive Officer’s review

“ I’m incredibly proud to have achieved 
another significant milestone in 
Aldermore’s journey and very 
excited about our future as part of the 
FirstRand Group.” 

Phillip Monks,
Chief Executive Officer

A remarkable journey
We set out in 2009 to provide a real 
alternative to customers that would 
challenge the status quo in UK banking 
and it’s been a remarkable journey. 
We now have 1,000 colleagues 
serving around 238,000 customers. 
Together we have built one of the UK’s 
leading specialist banks, with lending 
to small businesses and individuals 
totalling £9.0 billion and total assets of 
£10.4 billion as of 30 June 2018. 

The acquisition by FirstRand is a 
testament to our consistent track 
record of delivery, recognition 
of our unique operating model, 
market positioning and confidence 
in our sustainable growth strategy. 
Through its own portfolio of leading 
financial services franchises, the 
FirstRand Group has demonstrated 
its ability to successfully integrate 
entrepreneurial businesses. We believe 
there is a strong strategic and cultural 
fit and a shared sense of ambition which 
will benefit our customers, colleagues 
and wider stakeholders. 

Becoming part of the FirstRand Group, 
with the backing of their considerable 
resources and wider capabilities will 
give us greater ammunition to deliver 
on our combined strategy and expand 
its scope. We are also currently working 
to integrate MotoNovo Finance, one 
of the UK’s leading independent motor 
finance companies, into the Aldermore 
Group. This will enhance and extend our 
reach, further expanding the products 
and services we offer both business 
and retail customers.

Our vision has always been to bring 
more competition to UK banking. 
Operating as a leading specialist bank 
in carefully selected markets is an 
approach that has resonated well with 
our customers. Our success has been 
built on offering excellent service and 
straightforward products to small and 
medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), 
homeowners, landlords and individuals. 
We challenge the status quo and 
empower people to seek and seize 
opportunities in their professional and 
personal lives by providing ‘banking as it 
should be’.

We live in a digital era with a passion 
for diversification in both our lending 
and deposit franchises, and we benefit 
from a concentration of expertise to 
support the varied needs of our diverse 
customer base. We do this through 
direct relationships with our customers 
and through our carefully selected 
network of specialist intermediaries. 

Customer focus drives 
another strong performance
It is with great pride that we are 
reporting another strong set of results 
which continues to build on our track 
record. It’s a further validation of our 
focus on customers as individuals, going 
beyond the one size fits all approach. 
This has driven strong customer 
growth with net loans to customers 
increasing by 20% to £9.0 billion over 
the 18 month period. 

Strategic reportAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

15

Maintaining our strategic 
focus and outlook
As we seek to expand the business, 
our strategic priorities will continue 
to be delivering profitable growth, 
increasing efficiency over time and 
maintaining our robust approach to 
risk management. 

We remain cautiously optimistic on our 
outlook owing to the macro and political 
environment, including the uncertainty 
surrounding the impact of the UK 
leaving the European Union. However, I 
strongly believe that with the enlarged 
Aldermore Group under FirstRand 
ownership, we have the opportunity 
to deliver the most compelling story 
and potential of any UK bank. We have 
gained greater firepower to accelerate 
our strategic developments to enable 
us to continue serving and growing our 
customer base.

I would like to thank our customers, 
colleagues and former shareholders for 
all their support and I look forward with 
confidence as the next chapter of the 
Aldermore story begins.

The strategic report on pages 1 to 25 
was approved by the Board and signed 
on its behalf by:

Phillip Monks,
Chief Executive Officer

Our organic engine delivered £4.7 billion 
of origination and enabled us to record 
an underlying profit before tax of 
£232m1 and a 17.2% underlying2 return 
on equity3. 

It has been a year of investing in our 
business, building future capability, 
ensuring regulatory compliance with 
IFRS9 and GDPR while also improving 
our customer propositions resulting 
in our cost/income ratio increasing by 
1.4% as expected. 

During the period, we streamlined 
our organisation under two distinct 
customer-facing businesses - Business 
Finance and Retail Finance to further 
support our strategic development. 
Business Finance focuses on Asset, 
Invoice, Commercial Mortgages 
while Retail Finance incorporates our 
Mortgages and Savings businesses.  

In Asset Finance we have leveraged 
our market leading broker distribution 
model and deepened our relationship 
via a strategic investment in AFS 
Group, a leading asset and commercial 
finance introducer. Success in the 
broker channel, as well as further 
leveraging our wholesale capabilities, 
has enabled us to grow net lending by 
17% to £1.8 billion during the period. 
Across SME Commercial Mortgages, 
we have reinvigorated our proposition 
for UK investors and SMEs, which saw 
Asset Finance balances growing 4% to 
£966m. 

The strength of our Buy-to-Let 
proposition and specialist underwriting 
capabilities enabled us to continue 
to capitalise on the trend for 
increasing professionalisation in the 
market, supporting robust growth 
in maintaining balances of 33% to 
£4.4 billion. Residential Mortgages 
remained stable at £1.5 billion, due 
to slower overall market growth and 
increased competition.

Our loan growth continues to be 
primarily funded by our award-winning 
deposit franchise. The performance 
of our savings business is driven by 
our straightforward and transparent 
proposition which drove an increase in 
deposits of 17% to £7.8 billion, as well as 
being awarded ‘Best Cash ISA Provider’4 
and ‘Best Business Savings Bank 
Account’5 in 2017. 

We have continued to invest to achieve 
increased effectiveness across our 
operations and we expect the benefits 
of this to be realised in future years.

Ongoing colleague 
commitment
Our progress and future ambition is only 
possible as a result of the hard work and 
dedication of our people. I would like to 
thank my colleagues across Aldermore 
for the precocious entrepreneurial and 
disruptive spark that they bring to work 
each day. Without their commitment, 
their expertise and support they 
provide to our customers, we would 
not have achieved this strong set of 
results. Our latest colleague survey 
results showed that we achieved 
an Employee Net Promoter Score 
(eNPS) which compares well against 
industry standards.

As we embark upon a new era within 
the broader FirstRand Group, I look 
forward to working with our new parent 
company and welcoming colleagues 
from MotoNovo Finance as we continue 
our shared journey to disrupt the UK 
banking market. 

I would also like to express my 
sincere thanks to Danuta Gray for 
all her support as Interim Chairman 
and extend a warm welcome to Pat 
Butler who joined as our Chairman in 
March 2018. 

1   Statutory profit before tax £195.3 million 

3   ROE from reported profits: 13.9% (2016: 17.2%).

(2016: £128.7 million).

2  Refer to glossary on page 127 for definitions 

and calculations.

4  Businesscomparison.com 2017. 

5  Money Net awards 2017.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix 
16

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Chief Financial Officer’s review

“ The Group has had 
another period of 
strong financial 
performance, with 
continued growth 
in both lending 
and profits.”

James Mack,
Chief Financial Officer

Aldermore has changed its financial year end to 30 June to align with FirstRand 
Group. As a result of the change in the year end, Aldermore presents below an 
18 month reporting period to 30 June 2018. Comparatives have not been restated 
and % are shown as 18 months vs 12 months except where stated that they are 
annualised. As highlighted by Phillip on page 15, during the period we restructured 
the business into Business Finance which includes Asset Finance, Invoice Finance 
and SME Commercial Mortgages and Retail Finance (made up of Residential Owner 
Occupied Mortgages, Buy-to-Let Mortgages and Savings). From a financial 
perspective however Savings continues to be reported with the rest of the funding 
base within Central Functions.

30 June  
2018 
£m

31 December 
2016 
£m

% 
change

 Balance sheet – key items1

Net loans

Cash and investments

Other assets

Total assets

Customer deposits

Wholesale funding

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Ordinary shareholders’ equity

AT1 capital

Equity

8,990.5

1,397.7

44.5

10,432.7

7,776.3

1,811.5

86.9

9,674.7

684.0

74.0

758.0

7,477.3

848.1

55.8

8,381.2

6,673.7

982.2

99.3

7,755.2

552.0

74.0

626.0

Total liabilities and equity

10,432.7

8,381.2

Key metrics

Net loan growth (£m)

Loan to deposit ratio (%)

Liquid assets / deposits (%)

Fully loaded CRD IV CET1 capital ratio (%)

1  Refer to glossary on page 127 for definitions and calculations.

1,513

116%

18%

12.3%

1,333

112%

13%

11.5%

20

65

(20)

24

17

84

(12)

25

24

–

21

24

14

4

5

0.8

Loans to customers up 20%
Net loans to customers reached 
£9.0 billion (31 December 
2016: £7.5 billion) as the number of our 
customers reached 90,000 (31 December 
2016: 83,300). Loans saw double digit 
growth across both divisions with 
Business Finance up 16% to £3.1 billion 
and Retail Finance up 23% to £5.9 billion. 
This increase was predominantly 
driven by strong origination across all 
divisions at £4.7 billion. This high level 
of originations was partly offset by 
£3.2 billion of redemptions.

Deposit-led funding model
We continue to support our asset growth 
through diversified, deposit-led funding. 
Deposits were up 17% to £7.8 billion 
(31 December 2016: £6.7 billion) as 
we remain committed to growing the 
deposits franchise in Personal, SME 
and Corporate markets through our 
exceptional customer service and 
competitive rate offering. At the end 
of the period, we had over 148,000 
customers, an increase of 6% on 
December 2016. Wholesale funding 
was up 84% to £1.8 billion (31 December 
2016: £982 million) as we took advantage 
of the Bank of England’s four-year Term 
Funding Scheme at base rate which 
closed in February 2018. At the end of 
June 2018, we had £1.7 billion drawn 
under this scheme. This replaced funding 
which we had previously taken out with 
the Bank of England under the Funding 
for Lending Scheme (31 December 
2016: £650 million), with the final 
repayment being made in August 2017. 
In May 2017, we also exercised our option 
to call the £40 million Tier 2 Notes issued 
in 2012 at par value.

Operating income up 75% to 
£467 million (31 December 
2016: £267 million)
During the period, interest income grew 
by 69% to £602 million (31 December 
2016: £358 million) reflecting net loan 
growth. Our gross interest margin 
of 4.9% (2016: 5.3%) fell slightly in 
a highly competitive environment. 

Strategic reportAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

17

 Income statement – key items

Net interest income

Other income

Operating income

Underlying expenses

Impairments

Share of profit of associate

Underlying profit before tax

FirstRand transaction costs

FirstRand integration costs

Impairment of intangibles and goodwill

Statutory profit before tax

Tax

Profits after tax

Interest expense rose by 45% to £172m. 
We continued to benefit from diversified 
funding and access to lower cost 
Government schemes (now closed to 
further provision of funding), reducing 
our cost of funds to 1.4% (2016: 1.7%). 
As a result, the Group’s net interest 
income increased by 80% to £430 million 
(2016: £239.4 million) while the net 
interest margin remained stable at 3.5% 
(2016: 3.5%). Net fee and other operating 
income rose by 33%. Fee income growth 
has slowed due to the market shift towards 
fee free valuation products in mortgages. 

Continued investment

Operating expenses increased to 
£253 million (2016: 123 million) reflecting 
ongoing investment in the business 
including regulatory developments such 
as GDPR and in our overall IT capabilities 
and growth in our teams as well as 
significant expenditure primarily reflecting 
the FirstRand acquisition. Excluding 
£36.4 million for FirstRand transaction 
costs, integration costs and impairment of 
intangible assets following an impairment 
review (2016: goodwill impairment 
of £4.1 million), underlying operating 
expenses grew 82% to £216 million 
(2016: £119 million). This resulted in an 
underlying cost / income ratio of 46% 
(2016: 45%) largely due to continued 
investment in our business and people.

A robust capital position

As at 30 June 2018, the Group 
maintained a robust capital 
position with a fully loaded 
CRD IV total statutory capital 
ratio of 15.1% (31 December 
2016: 15.6%) and a statutory CET1 ratio 
of 12.3% (31 December 2016: 11.5%). 
The increases over the period reflect 
the profit after tax of £138.6 million 
offset by growth in Risk Weighted 
Assets (RWAs) of £865.1 million and two 
post-tax AT1 coupons totalling £13m, 
payable annually in April.

 We are well placed for the transition 
to the new accounting requirements 
of IFRS 9 which became effective 
for us from 1 July. The programme 
involved significant effort from 
teams across the Group and was 
subject to external challenge and 
review. The successful delivery of 
the programme enables us to move 
closer to the sophistication needed for 
an Internal Ratings-Based approach 
(IRB) to capital which may assist us in 
mitigating some of the risk of changes 
in future capital requirements. We are 
continuing to monitor the cost and 
benefits associated to moving to an IRB 
approach, as the regulatory changes 
and timeframes for implementation 
become clearer.

Period ended 30 
June 2018 
£m

Year ended 31 
December 2016 
£m

430.0

37.4

467.4

(216.5)

(19.5)

0.3

231.7

(19.8)

(2.4)

(14.2)

195.3

(56.7)

138.6

239.4

28.1

267.5

(119.2)

(15.5)

0.0

132.8

0.0

0.0

(4.1)

128.7

(35.2)

93.5

% 
change

80

33

75

(82)

(26)

– 

74

–

–

(246)

52

(61)

48

Cost of risk remains low 
at 16bps
We maintain a robust approach to risk 
management and this, combined with a 
continued benign credit environment, has 
resulted in our cost of risk remaining low 
at 0.16% (2016: 0.23%). Credit impairment 
charges for the 18 month period to 30 June 
2018 increased by 26% to £19.5 million 
(2016: £15.5 million), reflecting the growth 
of the loan book and an increase in a small 
number of specifically impaired loans in 
Asset Finance. 

Reported profits up by 52%
Profit before tax was up 52% to £195.3 
million (31 December 2016: £128.7 million) 
driven by higher interest income 
reflecting asset growth, partially offset 
by increased expenses. This resulted in 
an ROE of 13.9% (2016: 17.2%). This mainly 
reflected higher expenditure due to 
ongoing investment in the business for 
regulatory programmes and in our people 
and IT capabilities during the period. 

Alternative profit measure reconciliation to Statutory Profit

Underlying profit before tax

FirstRand transaction costs

FirstRand integration costs

Impairment of intangibles and goodwill

Statutory profit before tax

Period ended 30 
June 2018 
£m

Year ended 31 
December 2016 
£m

231.7

(19.8)

(2.4)

(14.2)

195.3

132.8

–

–

(4.1)

128.7

1  Refer to glossary on page 127 for definitions and calculations.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix18

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Chief Financial Officer’s review
continued

Capital position

Common equity Tier 1 capital

Additional Tier 1 capital

Tier 2 capital

Total capital

Risk Weighted Assets (RWAs)

Fully loaded CRD IV capital ratios (%) 

CET1 ratio (%)

Total capital ratio (%)

Leverage ratio (%)

Outlook
Going forward, we expect to see 
increased competition in terms of 
number of new entrants to the market 
as well as in pricing. We have yet to 
see the full impact of the Bank of 
England Base Rate increase of 25bps 
on 2 August and macro-economic 
uncertainty around Brexit continues. 
Despite this, we remain confident about 
the future and continue to expect low 
double digit growth in net loans from 
our existing businesses and within our 
current risk appetite.

On joining the FirstRand Group, 
Aldermore has expanded its UK 
responsibilities and we look forward 
to working with our colleagues from 
MotoNovo Finance in the coming 
financial year.

30 June  
2018 
£m

669.6

74.0

77.4

821.0

5,441.2

31 December 
2016 
£m

525.8

74.0

113.1

712.9

4,576.1

12.3%

15.1%

7.0%

11.5%

15.6%

7.0%

% 
change

27

–

(32)

15

19

0.8%

(0.5)%

0.1%

Alternative Performance 
Measures 
These financial statements have 
been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS). Aspects of the results 
are adjusted for certain items, which 
are described below, to reflect how 
the Executive assesses the Group’s 
underlying performance without 
distortions caused by items that are 
not reflective of the Group’s ongoing 
business activities. The following 
items have been excluded from 
underlying profits:

•  FirstRand transaction costs

These costs relate to the acquisition 
of Aldermore by FirstRand Group 
and primarily consist of broker and 
legal expenses. Further details of 
transaction costs can be found in 
note 10.

•  FirstRand integration costs

These costs relate to the work 
to integrate Aldermore into the 
FirstRand Group. 

1  Refer to glossary on page 127 for definitions 

and calculations.

2  ROE from reported profits: 13.9% (2016: 17.2%).

• 

• 

Impairment of intangibles 
The £14.2m impairment of 
intangibles costs in the period 
ended 30 June 2018 result from an 
impairment review. See note 24 for 
further details.

Impairment of goodwill 
The £4.1m impairment in 2016 
relates to goodwill on the acquisition 
of Absolute Invoice Finance (Holdings) 
Limited. Further details can be found 
in note 24.

James Mack,
Chief Financial Officer

Strategic reportBusiness Finance 

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

19

Net loans to customers

Organic origination

Operating income

Administrative expenses

Impairment losses

Segmental results

Net interest margin (%)

Cost of risk (%)

18 months to 
June 2018 
£m

3,072.8

2,345.3

221.3

(43.6)

(13.1)

164.6

4.5

0.30

2016 
£m

Movement
%

2,657.4

1,471.0

129.3

(26.3)

(10.2)

92.8

4.4

0.41

16

59

71

66

28

77

0.1

0.11

Highlights
•  Organic origination increased 

59% to £2.3 billion (31 December 
2016: £1.3 billion)

•  Net lending to customers up 

16% to £3.1 billion (31 December 
2016: £1.7 billion)

•  Segmental results up 77% to 

£164.6 million (2016: £52.1 million)
•  Launch of Specialist Car Finance 
team connecting all parts of the 
service chain to provide a faster, 
customer focused, expertise-
led service

•  Launch of Football Finance with 

£50 million of balances by the end 
of the period 

During the period, the Group 
restructured its operating model 
,where previously the business 
was divided into Business Finance, 
Mortgages and Savings, the divisions 
are now allocated to two distinct 
customer facing businesses; Business 
Finance (made up of Asset Finance, 
Invoice Finance and Commercial 
Mortgages) and Retail Finance (made 
up of Residential Owner Occupied 
Mortgages, Buy-to-Let Mortgages and 
Savings). From a financial perspective 
however Savings continues to be 
reported with the rest of the funding 
base within Central Functions.

1  Source: FLA.

2  Based on FLA IT equipment and business 

equipment stats.

Performance
Business Finance loan balances were 
up by 16% to £3.1 billion (31 December 
2016: £2.7 billion) and originations were 
up by 59% to £2.3 billion (31 December 
2016: £1.5 billion) reflecting strong 
growth particularly in Asset Finance 
(AF) and Invoice Finance (IF). In AF, 
net lending was up 17% to £1.8 billion 
(31 December 2016: £1.6 billion) and 
originations up by 73% to £1.7 billion 
(31 December 2016: £1 billion) reflecting 
our market leading share of the broker 
market (net lending up 15%) supported 
by the launch of our dedicated car 
finance team together with the 
continued success of our wholesale 
channel (net lending up 35%). Our Asset 
Finance franchise now extends to 
around 52,000 UK businesses. In IF, 
net loans are up by 72% to £0.3 billion 
(31 December 2016: £0.2 billion) driven 
by strong performance in Specialist 
Finance. Commercial Real Estate net 
lending has remained stable with a 
focus on the refresh of the product and 
proposition including reinstatement of 
appetite post the EU referendum. 

Net interest margin (NIM) broadly flat 
despite increased competition as we 
benefited from lower funding costs 
coupled with a change in product mix 
within Invoice Finance towards higher 
yielding products. 

Administrative expenses were 
up by 66% to £43.6 million 
(2016: £26.3 million) predominantly 
due to the current period covering 
18 months and increased investment 
to support growth. Cost of Risk 
has reduced to 0.3% (2016: 0.4%) 
due to a benign credit environment 
supported by an improved risk profile 
in the Invoice Finance customer base. 
Segmental profit is up by £72 million 
(77%) driven predominantly by the 
larger book size and the extended 
period, but with a broadly stable NIM.

Market and Strategy
The total Asset Finance market was 
worth about £31 billion1 in 2017, growing 
c10% year on year. Aldermore operates 
as a leader within the £5.8 billion 
broker segment (which grew by c16%) 
commanding a c14% market share. 
We will seek to protect this position 
through on-going investment in our 
digital capability, aimed at enhancing 
our service offering, making it simpler 
for brokers to deal with us, especially 
in less complex transactional cases. 
Going forward, we will look to use this 
technology to help customers in other 
markets, particularly the c£9 billion 
vendor finance market. Within Asset 
Finance, Aldermore specialises in 
complex and structured deals, which 
play to our specialist underwriting 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix20

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Business Finance
continued

advantage, but also focus on smaller 
ticket, margin enhancing deals such as 
“soft assets” where the market grew 
c15% to £1 billion2 year on year.

The IF market grew c5% to £23 billion 
in 2017, and whilst market growth in 
Aldermore’s primary target range (£0-
£10 million) was lower at c3% it remains 
an attractive c£6 billion market3. 
Over the same period, Aldermore’s 
net loans grew c72%, outperforming 
the market and increasing our market 
share from 0.69% to 0.87%. Whilst the 
total value of loans in the market grew, 
the number of UK businesses using 
IF finance was stable throughout 
2017 with less than 8,000 businesses 
changing funder in 2017 demonstrating 
the increasing competitiveness across 
existing providers and their desire to 
retain clients.

The SME Commercial Mortgages 
market was worth c£45 billion in 
originations during 2017, of which 
Aldermore represented 0.3%, focused 
on multi-let commercial investment 
property loans and property 
development to experienced 
regional developers. 

Despite very active competition 
and widening appetites, Aldermore 
differentiates through specialist 
underwriting capability and a best-
in-class service proposition, enabling 
us to generate strong margins. 
Our commercial underwriters work 
hand in hand with customers and our 
approved panel of specialist brokers 
to understand the property use, the 
tenant covenant and the local market 
dynamics to underwrite effectively, 
providing a bespoke service and 
tailored funding solution. We increased 
our maximum loan size for property 
development loans to £25 million 
and we will constantly review our 
proposition to expand our offering 
within our existing risk appetite to meet 
customer needs.

The market is expected to remain highly 
competitive with an increasing number 
of new entrants. Within Asset Finance, 
we will seek to maintain our number 
one position in the broker market with 
further investment particularly in our 
digital capability. In Invoice Finance 
we plan to further refresh our product 
offering and proposition as we have 
with our Football Finance offering and 
dedicated Specialist Car Finance team. 
Within SME Commercial Mortgages, we 
will continue to exploit our specialist 
underwriting advantage in structuring 
deals to multi-let commercial 
investment and experienced regional 
property developers. 

1  Source: FLA.

2  Based on FLA IT equipment and business equipment stats.

3  Source: ABFA.

Strategic reportRetail Finance

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

21

Highlights
•  Organic origination increased 

33% to £2.3 billion (31 December 
2016: £1.8 billion)

•   Net lending to customers up 

23% to £5.9 billion (31 December 
2016: £4.8 billion)

•   Segment result up 68% to 

£214.8 million (31 December 
2016: £128.2 million)

•   Winner of best service from 

a Buy-to-Let lender for 
the third consecutive year 
(Business Moneyfacts) 

18 months to 
June 2018 
£m

5,917.7

2,334.4

246.4

(25.3)

(6.4)

214.8

3.0

0.08

2016 
£m

Movement
%

4,819.9

1,755.2

148.7

(15.2)

(5.3)

128.2

3.2

0.12

23

33

66

66

21

68

(0.2)

0.04

This primarily reflects a spike in 
redemptions in the middle of 2017, due 
to the maturing of two year fixed Help 
to Buy loans which had originated when 
the product was first launched.

Net interest income was up 
74% to £240.5m(31 December 
2016: £140 million) largely driven by 
growth in loan balances while the net 
interest margin remains broadly stable 
with only a marginal decline compared 
to prior year despite increasing market 
pressure. In line with market trends, 
we are offering more fee free products 
while our increased retention strategy 
has seen a decline in early redemption 
charges. Administrative expenses 
were higher than 2016 at £25.3 million 
(2016: £15.2 million) predominantly 
due to the current period covering 
18 months as well as increased 
investment in our people to support the 
growth in the business. Cost of risk fell 
to 0.08 % (2016: 0.12%), demonstrating 
careful risk management across the 
Mortgages portfolio as well as a benign 
credit environment.

Net loans to customers

Organic origination

Operating income

Administrative expenses

Impairment losses

Segmental results

Net interest margin (%)

Cost of risk (%)

Performance
Retail Finance loan balances grew 
23% to £5.9 billion (31 December 
2016: £4.8 billion) with originations up 
by a third in the period to £2.3 billion 
(31 December 2016: £1.8 billion), 
despite an increasingly competitive 
market. Growth was supported by 
strong originations in Buy-to-Let as 
we released a number of limited edition 
products. As the Buy-to-Let market 
has moved more towards Specialist and 
Limited Company borrowers following 
tax changes, we have consolidated 
specialist Buy-to-Let operations into 
Wilmslow and increased capacity in 
the underwriting team. The benefits 
from this are already being realised, 
with reduced application turnaround 
times and a simplified end to end 
process for brokers. We have also 
recently refreshed the specialist Buy-
to-Let product offering giving rise 
to a marked uplift in activity with the 
number of applications doubling since 
July 2017. We have continued to focus 
our efforts on retaining customers 
which has resulted in a reduction in 
redemptions as a proportion of opening 
balances to 17% (2016: 20%).Residential 
Owner Occupied mortgage balances 
have remained flat at £1.5 billion 
(31 December 2016: £1.5 billion). 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix22

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Retail Finance
continued 

Market and Strategy
Aldermore continues to have a 
strong reputation in the market as 
a Buy-to-Let lender. Around 85% 
of organic originations come via the 
broker channel. 

Buy-to-Let market originations fell 12% 
to £36 billion across the market during 
this period. Changes in stamp duty 
rules and increased regulation in this 
sector drove a number of landlords to 
consider their options with a resultant 
shift towards professional landlords 
playing in this market. Aldermore’s 
share of originations increased to 
3.53% (2016: 3.18%). The market 
also continued to move towards 
remortgage, increasing to 68% of all 
market originations (2016: 62%).

Residential Owner Occupied Mortgages 
Market originations increased 10% to 
£214 billion in 2017, with Aldermore’s 
share falling slightly to 0.20% 
(2016: 0.24%). This reduction was 
primarily due to the Group’s decision to 
rebalance the proportion of higher LTV 
lending in the portfolio towards the end 
of 2017. 

However, we continue to find niches 
where we benefit from our expert 
underwriters and earn appropriate 
returns. For example we have recently 
expanded our product offering in the 
market with the launch of Cascade and 
Later Life Lending. Cascade will give us 
the ability to lend to customers who we 
may not have traditionally been able 
to lend to by offering tiered pricing to 
customers with less than perfect credit 
records. Later Life Lending will open up 
another customer segment that the 
market believes will become bigger 
in the next decade with people aged 
65 and over representing the fastest 
growing segment of UK population. 
The retirement market was worth 
£65 billion in 2017 and is predicted to 
reach £142 billion by 2027. Both of these 
new propositions are likely to attract a 
higher margin than our current product 
set and have received positive market 
sentiment so far. 

We expect the Buy-to-Let market 
to remain relatively flat or fall slightly 
over the next year, whilst growth 
in the Residential Owner Occupied 
Mortgages market is now slowing 
compared to 2017. Established lenders 
have started to enter areas of market 
which Aldermore and its peers 
have traditionally served, resulting 
in some rate pressure and an 
increase in the offering of fee free 
products. We believe that with our 
distinctive offering and our strength 
in underwriting and understanding of 
customer needs, we will continue to 
thrive. We will also focus on special 
propositions in the segments where 
we operate to best serve the needs of 
our customers. Future expectations of 
further bank base rate increases are 
anticipated ,over and above the further 
25 basis points rise in the Base rate to 
0.75% on 2 August 2018, means the 
outlook for savers is positive.

Strategic reportCentral Functions

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

23

Highlights
•  Retail deposits up by 8% to 
£5.2 billion (31 December 
2016: £4.8 billion)

•  SME deposits up by 21% to 
£2.0 billion (31 December 
2016: £1.7 billion)

•  Corporate deposits up by 137% 
to £615 million (31 December 
2016: £260 million)

Net interest income

Net fees and other income

Operating income

Administrative expenses

Non-underlying expenses

Share of profit of associate

Segmental loss

18 months 
period to 30 
June 2018 
£m

(3.5)

3.3

(0.2)

(147.4)

(36.4)

0.3

(183.7)

2016 
£m

(10.2)

(0.3)

(10.5)

(77.7)

(4.1)

–

(92.3)

Movement
%

66

n/a

(98)

(90)

(788)

–

(99)

Central Functions includes the 
Group’s Treasury function and 
Savings businesses, as well as 
common costs which are not directly 
attributable to the operating segments. 
Common costs include central support 
function costs such as Finance, 
IT, Legal and Compliance, Risk and 
Human Resources. 

Performance
Net interest income includes the 
interest expense relating to the Tier 
2 Notes and part of the income or 
expense arising from derivatives held 
at fair value in hedging relationships, 
neither of which are recharged to 
segments. The reduction in net 
interest expense mainly relates to 
movements in the fair value of financial 
instruments and related hedge 
accounting adjustments.

Net fees and other income 
predominantly includes the net 
expense or income from derivatives 
not currently recognised as being in 
hedging relationships and gains or 
losses on disposals of available for sale 
debt securities.

Central administrative expenses 
(excluding exceptional items) 
increased by 90% to £147.4 million 
(2016: £77.7 million) due to the current 
period covering 18 months as well as the 

continuing investment in the business 
including regulatory developments 
such as GDPR and in our overall 
IT capabilities. 

Non-underlying items of £36.4 million 
for the 18 month period to 30 June 
2018 include the material costs for 
both the FirstRand transaction, the 
ongoing integration programme and 
intangible impairments (2016: Goodwill 
£4.1 million impairment).

The segmental result was a charge 
of £183.7 million (2016: charge of 
£92.3 million).

Market and Strategy
The UK savings market remained 
buoyant throughout the period despite 
the continued low rate environment, 
On 2 August 2018, the Bank of England 
increased the Bank Base Rate to 
0.75%, the highest rate in almost a 
decade. However, competition for 
deposits remained low due to the 
Bank of England funding schemes, 
with the Term Funding Scheme 
available to financial institutions until 
February 2018. Our funding strategy 
remains deposit-led whilst we actively 
manage wholesale sources, such 
as Government and Central Bank 
schemes, to provide diversification and 
drive an efficient cost of funds.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix24

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Corporate responsibility 

Our overriding principle is to support 
the people of Britain to seek and seize 
opportunities in their professional and 
personal lives. Through our business 
operations, Aldermore enhances and 
touches the lives of customers, local 
communities and our own people. 
We know that it is important wherever 
we operate to do this responsibly, 
giving back and taking a collaborative 
approach with our stakeholders. 
We believe that a business cannot 
deliver sustainable long-term returns 
without considering its wider impact 
on society. 

Our people
Our people are the foundation of our 
business and underpin our business 
strategy. Recognising, valuing and 
rewarding our people’s contribution to 
our success is central to our philosophy. 
We have therefore continued to 
place significant focus on building 
a great place to work, including 
how we encourage diversity in our 
workplace, engaging our colleagues by 
encouraging everyone in continually 
improving our business.

During the past financial year we have 
taken a range of steps to ensure that 
our employees are systematically 
provided with information on matters of 
concern to them:

Examples include monthly Group-wide 
colleague newsletters, intranet articles 
and regular face to face briefings from 
senior leaders at many of our sites.

We regularly consult our employees 
to ascertain their views on a range 
of issues. Activities include an 
annual employee survey, colleague 
focus and network groups, “Big 
Conversation Teamtalks”.

We encourage and support our 
colleagues’ involvement in the 
organisation’s performance through a 
competitive performance related pay 
and bonus structure. We also make 
all colleagues aware of the financial 
performance and economic factors 
affecting the company by ensuring 
they are briefed on a quarterly basis. 
We adopt a multi-channel approach to 
ensure that the information is provided 
in a format which our colleagues value.

1.  We are committed to 

diversity in the workplace

•  Committed to equal opportunities 
for all our people, irrespective of 
gender, race, colour, age, disability, 
sexual orientation or marital or civil 
partner status;

•  Ran our first Inclusion week which 

involved a number of activities across 
the Bank; and two national campaigns 
– mental health awareness and 
deaf awareness. 

2.  We include our people in 
the future of our business
•  Throughout the period we embedded 
the Big Conversation, the Aldermore 
way of involving everyone in 
the continuous improvement of 
our business; 

•  Through the Big Conversation our 
managers at all levels facilitate 
conversations with their teams 
about strategically important 
themes. In these conversations we 
surface improvement ideas which 
are trialled and implemented on a 
team level, then shared via an online 
collaboration platform. Through the 
Big Conversation system, all our 
colleagues are included and involved 
in improving the performance of 
our business;

•  To date this approach has generated 
over 500 new ideas from colleagues 
to improve our business and built a 
culture of continuous improvement 
helping to shape purposeful 
conversations and change mindsets;

•  Since the end of 2016 we have trained 
over 240 people managers and 30 
culture champions across the Bank 
to deliver this Big Conversation 
approach; and 

•  Our 2017 employee engagement 

survey which gave our employees 
the opportunity to let us know how 
they are feeling and what we can 
improve. The results of the survey 
showed our overall Employee Net 
Promoter Score (eNPS) increase from 
-4 to +5.

3.  We support the 

• 

professional development 
and recognition of 
our people
Introduced the new Elevate 
programme, a bank wide 
development programme for 
those colleagues who aspire 
to be managers, 77 Aldermore 
colleagues enrolled so far with 61 
already graduated; 

•  12 Aldermore colleagues graduated 
from our Next Generation Leaders 
Programme in 2017;

•  Enrolled 197 managers on our 

Empowered Managers course, a 
bank wide programme to develop 
our existing middle management 
population; and

•  Launched "The More Awards" 

our colleague recognition awards 
enhancing our approach to 
recognising employees. Through the 
period 2017/2018 we saw 146 peer 
to peer nominations through both 
the old and new employee 
recognition scheme. 

Strategic reportAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

25

Human Rights and  
Modern Slavery Act
As a UK Bank with a growing number 
of international suppliers, Aldermore 
recognises that there is a risk (however 
small) for slavery or human trafficking 
to occur in its supply chains. We have 
taken the following steps to ensure 
slavery and human trafficking have not 
occurred in our supply chain: reviewing 
and revising our procurement policies; 
changing our due diligence processes; 
conducting a risk assessment with due 
regard to the sector and geographical 
locations in which our suppliers operate.

The Group engages with its suppliers 
to seek assurance about their anti-
slavery and human trafficking policies 
and whether they are taking steps to 
prevent slavery and human trafficking 
in their respective businesses and 
supply chains.

Anti-Bribery 
The Group has an Anti-Bribery and 
Corruption Policy which is reviewed 
annually by the Board to ensure it is 
fit for purpose and which applies to 
all Directors, employees, contractors 
and third party outsource providers. 
The Bank promotes a culture of 
awareness and understanding at 
all levels and mandatory training 
is provided.

Below are our employee statistics for December 2016 and June 2018.

Number of employees

Number of female employees

% of female employees
I am proud to work for Aldermore (Big Conversation survey 
December 2017)
How likely is it that you would recommend Aldermore as a 
place to work to a friend and colleague? (Big Conversation 
survey December 2017)

June  
2018

950

431

45%

December 
2016

901

401

45%

76%

+51

% of new joiners who came through our refer a friend scheme

24%

22%

Our communities 
The SMEs, landlords, homeowners 
and savers that we support, in turn 
support the communities in which they 
live and work. We understand that we 
have a responsibility to give back to 
these communities.

We are also cognisant of the effects 
of our actions on the environment and 
ensure that these are managed in a 
way that limits these impacts. We use 
recycled paper for printing and have 
recycling facilities located in all offices 
in support of our commitment to reduce 
the amount of waste we sent to land fill.

We play our part as a 
responsible member of the 
banking community
•  Actively involved with industry 

bodies including the UK Finance, FLA, 
and IMLA; and 

•  Continued as a member of the 
Banking Standards Board.

We give back to the 
communities where 
we operate
•  Our employees vote annually on 
a Charity of the Year they wish to 
support. In 2017 this charity was 
Sands, the still birth and neonatal 
death charity. Colleagues raised 
£14,042 for Sands and £12,172 for 
Headway, the brain injury charity who 
we support every year in memory of 
an Aldermore colleague;

• 

• 

In 2018, Aldermore’s Charity of 
the Year is Independent Age, a 
national charity which provides free 
information and advice for older 
people and their families on care 
and support, money and benefits, 
and health and mobility. A number of 
activities have taken place already in 
2018 to support this charity; and

In 2018, Aldermore also operates a 
pound for pound charity matching 
scheme for employees. Many of our 
people raise funds for their charity of 
choice and as a responsible business 
we want to lend a hand and support 
our employees. We therefore will 
match whatever a colleague raises 
for charity up to a maximum of £250. 

1  The score shown reflects a net rating for 

promoters minus detractors.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendixCorporate 
governance

Board of Directors 

Executive Committee 

Corporate governance structure 

Directors' report 

27

28

30

31

Board of Directors

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

27

Key

 A   Member of the Audit Committee

C    Member of the Corporate Governance 

and Nomination Committee

 R   Member of the Remuneration Committee

 R   Member of the Risk Committee

*

  Denotes Committee Chair

Pat Butler
Chairman

C*

Appointed: 
January 20181 
Board Committee membership:
 R  
Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Pat brings extensive financial services experience 
to the Board, gained through both his executive 
and non-executive careers. He has previously 
served as a Non-Executive Director of Bank of 
Ireland Group PLC and Bank of Ireland (UK) PLC 
and was a partner at The Resolution Group, which 
conducts investment and restructuring activities 
in financial services. Pat has also chaired the 
Investment Committee of British Business Bank 
Investments Ltd, which is the commercial arm of 
the British Business Bank. Prior to that, he spent 
a number of years at McKinsey & Company Inc 
where he held senior roles, including leading the 
Europe, Middle East and Africa Retail Financial 
Services Practice. Pat is a qualified accountant and 
a Fellow of Chartered Accountants in Ireland.

Principal external appointments:
•  Non-Executive Director and Chairman 

of the Audit Committee of Hikma 
Pharmaceuticals PLC

•  Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the 
Risk Committee of Ardonagh Group Limited

Phillip Monks OBE
Chief Executive Officer

Appointed: 
May 2009

James Mack
Chief Financial Officer

Appointed: 
September 20132

Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Phillip is the founding CEO of Aldermore and has 
a long-standing track record in championing 
small and medium-sized businesses and British 
economic growth. His banking career spans more 
than three decades, and includes establishing 
and serving as CEO of Europe Arab Bank PLC, 
over 20 years at Barclays PLC, where he held a 
variety of senior corporate and private banking 
roles, including CEO of Gerrard Investment 
Management Limited, Managing Director of 
Barclays Corporate Banking in London, the 
Midlands and South East, and Head of Barclays 
Private Bank in Geneva.

Principal external appointments:
•  Member of the FCA Smaller Business 

Practitioner Panel

Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
James brings significant financial experience 
to the Group, having spent six years at Skipton 
Building Society in capital markets, finance and 
audit, where he was instrumental in leading 
the merger with Scarborough Building Society. 
James began his career with KPMG LLP where 
he spent 11 years in the firm’s financial services 
audit practice.

Principal external appointments:
•  None

Christine Palmer
Chief Risk Officer

Joined the Group: 
May 2016 

Danuta Gray
Senior Independent Director

Johan Burger
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: 
September 2014

Appointed: 
March 2018

Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Christine has almost 30 years’ experience in 
risk management, corporate and commercial 
banking, having held roles at ING Bank N.V., 
where she spent eight years across London 
and Amsterdam, Ernst & Young LLP and The 
Royal Bank of Scotland Group PLC. Her career 
at RBS spanned almost 14 years, during which 
time she held a number of senior positions in 
the Risk function including Divisional Chief Risk 
Officer and senior credit risk roles. She was most 
recently Global Head of Operational Risk and 
Director of Risk Services.

Principal external appointments:
•  None

Board Committee membership:
 C    R
Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Danuta brings significant leadership experience 
having spent nine years as CEO of Telefónica 
O2 in Ireland. Her career in telecommunications 
spans over 20 years, during which time she held 
numerous senior roles at BT Group PLC, gaining 
experience in marketing, customer service, 
communications, technology and sales, and 
leading and implementing change. She has also 
served as a Non-Executive Director of Paddy 
Power Betfair PLC, Page Group PLC, Irish Life & 
Permanent PLC and Aer Lingus Group PLC.

Principal external appointments:
•  Non-Executive Director of Direct Line 

Insurance Group PLC

•  Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee of Old Mutual PLC

•  Member of the Defence Board of the Ministry 

of Defence

Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Johan brings over 30 years’ experience in the 
banking industry to the Board of Aldermore 
Group PLC. He joined Rand Merchant Bank in 
1986, where he performed a number of roles 
before being appointed Financial Director in 1995. 
Following the formation of FirstRand Limited 
in 1998, he was appointed Financial Director of 
the FirstRand Banking Group and in 2002 was 
appointed CFO of the FirstRand Group. In addition 
to his role as Group CFO, Johan was appointed as 
Group COO in 2009 and Deputy CEO in October 
2013, before holding the role of CEO from 
October 2015 until March 2018. Prior to joining 
FirstRand Limited, Johan trained with Coopers & 
Lybrand (now PwC) and qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant in 1984.

Principal external appointments:
•  Executive Director of FirstRand Limited and 

FirstRand Bank Limited3

•  Non-Executive Director of Rand Merchant 

Investment Holdings Limited

•  Non-Executive Director of RMB 

Holdings Limited

1  Pat was appointed as an Independent Non-Executive Director in January 2018. He assumed the role of Chairman in March 2018.

2  James was appointed to the Board of Aldermore Bank PLC in June 2013 and the Board of Aldermore Group PLC in September 2013.

3  Johan stepped down as Chief Executive Officer of FirstRand Limited and FirstRand Bank Limited on 31 March 2018. Johan remains an Executive Director of FirstRand Limited and FirstRand Bank Limited until 

31 August 2018 and, subject to regulatory approval, will then transition to being a Non-Executive Director of FirstRand Limited and FirstRand Bank Limited. Johan will also step down as a Non-Executive Director 
of the Group on 31 August 2018 and will be replaced by Harry Kellan (CFO of FirstRand Limited) subject to necessary regulatory approvals.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Executive Committee

John Hitchins
Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: 
May 2014

Board Committee membership:

A*

   R

Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
John has extensive financial and audit experience 
having previously been a senior banking partner 
at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, specialising in 
bank auditing and advisory services for clients 
including Lloyds Banking Group PLC, the Bank of 
England, Bank of Ireland (UK) PLC, Barclays PLC 
and JP Morgan Chase. From 2001 to 2010, John 
was PwC’s banking industry leader and from 
2010 until his retirement led the PwC network’s 
global IFRS technical group. John has also carried 
out a wide variety of advisory work for other 
banks and on behalf of the regulators covering 
corporate governance, high-level controls and 
other regulatory issues.

Principal external appointments:
•  Deputy Chairman of the Financial Reporting 

Review Panel

•  Non-Executive Director of Societe Generale 

International Limited

•  Trustee and Member of the Governing Council 

of the Centre for the Study of Financial 
Innovation, a not-for-profit City-based 
think tank

Chris Stamper
Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: 
February 20142
Board Committee membership:
 A    R
Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Chris has 35 years’ experience in the asset 
finance arena, most latterly as Director 
and CEO of ING Lease (UK) Limited. He is a 
founding Governor of the Leasing Foundation 
and was Director of the Finance and Leasing 
Association and a former Chairman of their 
Asset Finance Division. Prior to this, Chris held 
senior management roles at Abbey National 
PLC, where he was responsible for five business 
units focused on the SME market, and was the 
Managing Director of Lombard Sales Finance 
where he spent 21 years.

Principal external appointments:
•  None
2  Chris was appointed to the Board of Aldermore Bank PLC in May 
2013 and the Board of Aldermore Group PLC in February 2014.

Alan Pullinger
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: 
March 2018

Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Alan brings over 20 years’ experience in the 
banking and professional services industry to the 
Board of Aldermore Group PLC. He joined Rand 
Merchant Bank in 1998 (prior to the creation of 
FirstRand Limited) and was appointed as CEO in 
2008 until his promotion to deputy CEO of the 
FirstRand Group on 1 October 2015 and to CEO 
on 1 April 2018. Alan qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant after training with Deloitte. He spent 
five years with Deloitte and became a Partner 
in 1996.

Principal external appointments:
•  Chief Executive Officer of FirstRand Limited 

and FirstRand Bank Limited

•  Board Member of the Banking Association of 

South Africa

Peter Shaw
Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: 
September 2014

R*

Board Committee membership:
 A    C    R  
Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Peter brings over 30 years’ financial services 
experience having spent most of his career at 
The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC and National 
Westminster Bank PLC where he worked across 
a number of business areas including retail, 
SME, private banking, corporate banking, HR 
and risk. Peter spent many years in senior risk 
management roles including COO of the risk 
function at Group Head Office in the UK and 
CRO for various group businesses within RBS 
NatWest. In addition, Peter served as Interim 
CRO at the Co-operative Banking Group Limited 
and was previously a Non-Executive Director 
and Chairman of the Risk Committee of Bank of 
Ireland (UK) PLC.

Principal external appointments:
•  Non-Executive Director of esure Group PLC

•  Non-Executive Director of Willis Limited

Cathy Turner
Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: 
May 2014

R*

Board Committee membership:
 C  
Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Cathy has held a number of banking roles during 
her career, including Chief Administrative 
Officer at Lloyds Banking Group PLC and Group 
HR Director at Barclays PLC, where she was 
responsible for HR, strategy, corporate affairs, 
brand and marketing. She was also Director of 
Investor Relations at Barclays for four years. 
Formerly, Cathy worked in consultancy with 
Deloitte & Touche LLP, Ernst & Young LLP 
and Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc, managing 
client relationships with a particular focus on 
compensation and benefits.

Principal external appointments:
•  Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the 

Remuneration Committee of Countrywide PLC

•  Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee of Quilter PLC

•  Partner of Manchester Square Partners LLP

•  Trustee of the Gurkha Welfare Trust

•  Honorary Fellow of UNICEF UK

Board membership changes during the 
year and to the date of this report:

•  Glyn Jones stepped down from the 

Board with effect from 6 February 2017;

•  Christine Palmer was appointed an 
Executive Director on 16 May 2017;

•  Robert Sharpe stepped down from the 

Board with effect from 31 October 2017; 

•  Pat Butler was appointed as an 
Independent Non-Executive 
Director from 1 January 2018 and 
became Chairman with effect from 
15 March 2018;

•  Danuta Gray stepped down as Interim 
Chairman and resumed her position 
as Senior Independent Director on 
15 March 2018; 

•  Chris Patrick stepped down from the 
Board with effect from 14 March 2018;

•  Johan Burger was appointed as a Non-
Executive Director on 15 March 2018 
and stepped down from the Board with 
effect from 31 August 2018; and

•  Alan Pullinger was appointed as a Non-
Executive Director on 15 March 2018.

Corporate  governance 
 
 
Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

29

Phillip Monks, Chief Executive Officer, James Mack, Chief Finance Officer and Christine Palmer, Chief Risk Officer, are members of 
the Group’s Executive Committee. Their biographies can be found on page 28.

Rob Divall
Group HR Director

Joined the Group: 
September 2016

Sue Hayes
Group Managing Director  
– Retail Finance

Joined the Group: 
June 2018

Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Rob joined Aldermore in 2016 from the Board 
of AdviserPlus Business Solutions Limited, a 
leading provider of HR managed services, where 
he led strategy and product development and 
played a key commercial role in the growth of 
the company through to its eventual acquisition. 
Prior to this, Rob held a variety of HR leadership 
positions in his eight years with Lloyds Banking 
Group PLC, including HR Director for the Branch 
Network and also HR Director for General 
Insurance. Before Lloyds, Rob worked with 
Accenture PLC leading change programmes 
within the HR outsourcing division, having started 
the first decade of his career in retail where he 
held a number of senior HR and commercial 
roles in The Big Food Group PLC and Boots the 
Chemists Limited.

Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Sue joined Aldermore in June 2018 from Barclays 
where she was Managing Director of Premier and 
Community Segments and Savings Products. 
Prior to that, Sue was Managing Director 
of Affluent Segment UK and International, 
significantly increasing wealth referrals and 
income generation. Sue also led Business Banking 
for three years taking this to number one in 
market share. During her time at Santander UK, 
she held a number of senior roles across retail 
and commercial banking, including Managing 
Director – Business Banking and Managing 
Director of Santander UK Products and Analytics. 
During this period , Santander’s market share 
in new mortgages increased threefold. Prior to 
Santander, Sue held roles with RBS and Halifax 
and completed an MBA at Cranfield University.

Responsibilities:
Rob is responsible for the Group HR function and 
the delivery of the people elements of the Group’s 
strategy and performance.

Responsibilities:
Sue is responsible for the Group’s Buy-to-Let and 
Residential owner occupied mortgages business 
lines as well as Retail Savings. 

Carl D’Ammassa
Group Managing Director  
– Business Finance

Joined the Group: 
October 2013

Relevant skills, strengths and experience:
Carl has spent a number of years in the asset 
finance industry. Having started his financial 
services career at GE Capital, he held various 
financial, operational and general management 
positions in GE’s Equipment Finance, Equipment 
Services and Restructuring divisions, including 
the post of CEO of the vehicle rental, plant hire 
and key leasing businesses. Prior to joining 
Aldermore he was the Managing Director of 
Hitachi Capital Business Finance. Throughout his 
career, Carl has gained experience in challenging 
turnaround and transformational situations 
leading significant sales, operational and 
process improvements. 

Responsibilities:
Carl is responsible for the management of the 
Group’s lending activity through the Business 
Finance Division, which comprises the Asset 
Finance, Invoice Finance and SME commercial 
mortgages. He is a Director of AFS Group 
Holdings Ltd, representing the Group’s 48% 
equity interest which was acquired in 2017.

Executive Committee responsibilities

The role of the Executive Committee is 
to assist the Chief Executive Officer in 
the performance of his duties relating to 
the day-to-day operation of the Group, 
including the:

•  development and implementation of 
strategy, operational plans, policies, 
procedures and budgets;

•  monitoring of operating and 

financial performance;

•  prioritisation and allocation of resources;

•  monitoring of competitive forces in each 

area of operation;

•  design and embedding of the Risk 

Management Framework;

•  monitoring of adherence to risk appetite 

statements; and

•  assessment and control of principal risks 

within the Group.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix30

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Corporate governance structure

The Board has delegated a number 
of its responsibilities to Board 
Committees, which utilise the expertise 
and experience of their members to 
examine subjects in detail and make 
recommendations to the Board where 
required. This delegation allows the 
Board to focus more of its time on 
strategic and other broader matters. 
The Chairs of the Board Committees 
provide the Board with a verbal update 
on matters discussed at each meeting, 
and Board Committee minutes are made 
available to the whole Board through a 
secure online system. 

The Corporate Governance Structure 
has been updated to take into account 
the Group’s Board reporting to FirstRand 
International Limited. 

Aldermore Bank PLC (“the Bank”) is a 
wholly owned operating subsidiary of 
Aldermore Group PLC and it transacts 
the Group’s banking business. It is 
authorised by the PRA and regulated by 
the FCA and the PRA. The Board of the 
Bank comprises the same Directors. 
The Bank Board holds separate 
meetings immediately following the 
meetings of the Company’s Board.

Since the delisting of Aldermore’s 
shares from the London Stock Exchange 
on 15 March 2018, the Board remains 
committed to the highest standards of 
corporate governance and best practice. 
The Board recognises that effective 
governance is key to the implementation 
of strategy for our shareholder and 
wider stakeholders. The Group intends 
to comply with the Wates corporate 
governance principles for large private 
companies when the guidance is 
published in December. 

Governance structure diagram

FirstRand International Limited

Aldermore Group PLC Board

Board  
Committees

Audit  
Committee

Corporate  
Governance 
and Nomination  
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Risk 
Committee

Aldermore Bank PLC Board

CEO

Disclosure 
Committee

Executive  
Committees

Executive  
Committee

Executive Risk  
Committee

Product & 
Pricing  
Committee

Operating  
Committee

Model 
Management  
Committee

Conduct & 
Operational 
Risk Committee

Executive  
Sub-Committees

Performance oversight

Credit  
Committee

Transaction  
Credit  
Committee

Asset  
& Liability 
 Committee

Funding 
 Committee

Risk oversight

Corporate  governanceDirectors’ Report

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

31

The Directors present their report and the financial statements of the Group for the eighteen months ended 30 June 2018. 
As permitted by legislation, some of the matters normally included in the Directors’ Report are included by reference as 
detailed below.

Requirement

Detail

Where to find further information:

Section

Location

Business review 

Information regarding the business review and future 
developments, key performance indicators and principal risks are 
contained within the Strategic report.

Strategic report

Pages 16 to 23 
(Business review)

Pages 6 to 7 (Key 
performance  
indicators)

Pages 41 to 42  
(Principal risks)

Strategic report

The contents of the Strategic report fulfil Section 414C of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Strategic report

Pages 1 to 25

Results

The results for the eighteen months are set out in the income 
statement. The profit before taxation for the eighteen months 
ended 30 June 2018 was £193.5 million (2016:£128.7 million). 
A review of the financial performance of the Group is included 
within the Strategic report.

Income 
statement

Page 69

Strategic report

Pages 1 to 25

Dividend

The Directors do not propose to recommend a final dividend in 
respect of the eighteen months ended 30 June 2018 (2016:nil). 

–

–

Financial instruments

The Group uses financial instruments to manage certain types 
of risk, including liquidity and interest rate risk. Details of the 
objectives and risk management of these instruments are 
contained in the risk management section.

Risk management

Pages 35 to 59

Post balance sheet 
events

There have been no material post balance sheet events.

–

–

Share capital

At 30 June 2018, the Company’s share capital comprised 
348,993,805 ordinary shares of £0.10 each.

The Company did not repurchase any of the issued ordinary 
shares during the eighteen months ended 30 June 2018 or up to 
the date of this report.

Details of the Company’s share capital are provided in Note 33 
to the consolidated financial statements.

Page 105

Note 33 to the 
consolidated 
financial 
statements

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix 
32

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Directors’ Report
continued

Requirement

Detail

Where to find further information:

Section

Location

Rights and obligations 
attaching to shares

There are no restrictions on the transfer of the Company’s 
ordinary shares or on the exercise of the voting rights attached to 
them, except for:

–

–

•  where the Company has exercised its right to suspend their 
voting rights or prohibit their transfer following the omission 
by their holder or any person interested in them to provide the 
Company with information requested by it in accordance with 
Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006; or

•  where their holder is precluded from exercising voting rights by 
the Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules or the City Code 
on Takeovers and Mergers.

All the Company’s ordinary shares are fully paid and rank equally 
in all respects and there are no special rights with regard to 
control of the Company.

Employee share 
scheme rights

Details of how rights of shares in employee share schemes 
are exercised when not directly exercisable by employees are 
provided in Note 34 to the consolidated financial statements.

Employees

The Group is committed to employment policies, which follow 
best practice, based on equal opportunities for all employees, 
irrespective of gender, race, colour, age, disability, sexual 
orientation or marital or civil partner status. The Group is 
committed to ensuring that disabled people are afforded equality 
of opportunity in respect to entering and continuing employment 
within the Group. This includes all stages from recruitment and 
selection, terms and conditions of employment, access to training 
and career development.

Information on employee involvement and engagement can be 
found in the strategic report.

Page 105

Note 34 to the 
consolidated 
financial 
statements

Strategic report

Pages 24 and 25

Directors

The names and biographical details of the current Directors who 
served on the Board and changes to the composition of the Board 
that have occurred during 2017 and 2018 and up to the date of this 
report are provided in the corporate governance section and are 
incorporated into the Directors’ Report by reference.

Corporate 
governance 
–  Board of 
Directors

Appointment 
and retirement 
of Directors

The appointment and retirement of the Directors is governed 
by the Company’s Articles of Association and the Companies 
Act 2006. The Company’s Articles of Association may only be 
amended by a special resolution passed by shareholders at a 
general meeting.

Corporate 
governance 
– Election and 
re-election

Page 27

Page 28

According to the Company’s Articles of Association, each 
Director shall retire at the Annual General Meeting held in the third 
calendar year following the year in which the Director was elected 
or last re-elected by the Company, or at such earlier Annual 
General Meeting as the Directors may resolve. 

Corporate  governanceAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

33

Where to find further information:

Section

Location

–

–

Requirement

Detail

Directors’ indemnities

The Directors who served on the Board up to the date of this 
report have benefited from qualifying third-party indemnity 
provisions by virtue of deeds of indemnity entered into by the 
Directors and the Company. The deeds indemnify the Directors 
to the maximum extent permitted by law and by the Articles 
of Association of the Company, in respect of liabilities (and 
associated costs and expenses) incurred in connection with the 
performance of their duties as a Director of the Company and any 
associated company, as defined by section 256 of the Companies 
Act 2006.

The Group also maintains Directors’ and Officers’ liability 
insurance which provides appropriate cover for legal actions 
brought against its Directors.

Significant 
agreements

Aldermore Group PLC and FirstRand International Limited entered 
into a Co-Operation Agreement effective 6 November 2017. 

Political donations

The Group made no political donations during the eighteen 
months period (2016: nil).

–

–

–

–

Research and 
development activities

The Group does not undertake formal research and development 
activities. However, new products and services are developed 
in each of the business lines in the ordinary course of business 
in accordance with the Group’s product and pricing governance 
framework. Under this framework all new products, campaigns 
and business initiatives are reviewed and approved by the Group’s 
Product and Pricing Committee. 

Note 24 to the 
consolidated 
financial 
statements

Pages 101 and 102

Going concern

–

–

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern 
basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Group has the 
resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future 
(which has been taken as 12 months from the date of approval 
of the financial statements). In making this assessment, the 
Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to 
present and future conditions, including the current state of the 
balance sheet, future projections of profitability, cash flows and 
capital resources and the longer term strategy of the business. 
The Group’s capital and liquidity plans, including stress tests, 
have been reviewed by the Directors. The Group’s forecasts and 
projections show that it will be able to operate at adequate levels 
of both liquidity and capital for the foreseeable future, including 
under a range of stressed scenarios. After making due enquiries, 
the Directors believe that the Group has sufficient resources to 
continue its activities for the foreseeable future and to continue 
its expansion, and the Group has sufficient capital to enable it to 
continue to meet its regulatory capital requirements as set out by 
the Prudential Regulation Authority.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix34

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Directors’ Report
continued

Requirement

Detail

Where to find further information:

Section

Location

Disclosure of 
information to auditors

•  Each person who is a Director at the date of this Directors’ 

–

–

Report confirms that:

–  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Group’s auditors are unaware; and 

–  he or she has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have 
taken as a Director to make himself or herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s 
auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is 
given and should be interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

Auditor

The Board recommended that Deloitte LLP be reappointed as the 
Group's auditor with effect from the 2018 AGM, at which meeting 
resolutions concerning Deloitte's appointment and authorising 
the Board to set their remuneration will be proposed.

–

Pages 62 to 68

On behalf of the Board:

Anchna Devi,
Company Secretary

31 August 2018

Corporate  governanceRisk  
management

The Group’s approach to risk 

Risk governance and oversight 

Principal risk 

Emerging risk 

Credit risk 

Funding and Liquidity risk 

Interest rate and market risk 

Capital risk 

36

37

41

43

44

56

58

59

36

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

The Group’s approach to risk

In this section:
The Group’s approach to risk 

36

Risk governance and oversight 

37 

Principal risks 

41

All areas of the following report are 
covered by the external auditor’s 
opinion on pages 62 to 68, except for 
the leverage ratio disclosed on page 
59, the risk weighted assets and 
associated capital ratios on page 59.

The Board is ultimately responsible for 
setting sound risk management and 
delivering an appropriate 'tone from 
the top', providing the basis for sound 
risk management and effective internal 
control systems.

Effective risk management is a key pillar 
in the execution of the Group’s strategy. 
The Board and senior management 
seek to ensure that the risks the 
Group is taking are clearly identified, 
managed, monitored and reported and 
that the Group remains sustainable 
including during a plausible but severely 
adverse economic downturn and/or 
idiosyncratic conditions.

The Risk Management Framework 
(RMF) provides the overarching 
context on how the Group manages 
risk. The following sections provide 
a summary of the RMF within the 
Group. It highlights our governance 
structure, risk model, key risk 
management processes and the 
principal and emerging risks we face 
and the mitigating actions taken to 
address these. 

Risk principles
The following principles guide 
the Group’s overall approach to 
risk management:

•  The Board sets risk appetite and 

an appropriate “tone from the top” 
and set the example with regard to 
risk management.

•  Risk management is structured 

around the Group’s Principal Risk 
categories, which are updated at least 
annually as part of the RMF (refer to 
page 41 for Principal risks).

•  The Group maintains a robust Risk 
Appetite Framework, manages 
to a consistent appetite using an 
approved set of metrics, and reports 
to senior management at least 
monthly. In 2018, the RAF metrics 
have been embedded from the Board 
down to business lines.

•  The Group regularly undertakes 

stress tests to ensure that it remains 
sustainable, including during plausible 
but severely adverse economic and/
or idiosyncratic conditions.

•  The approach to remuneration 

ensures that fair customer outcomes 
and prudent decision-making 
within risk appetite are incentivised. 
Colleagues are not unduly rewarded 
for driving sales and/or profits.

Risk managementAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

37

Based on the review performed during 
the period, and the monitoring and 
oversight activities performed, the 
Audit Committee, in conjunction with 
the Risk Committee, concluded that 
the Group’s risk management and 
internal control systems were effective. 
The Audit Committee recommended a 
statement to this effect to the Board.

Based on this assessment, the Board is 
satisfied with the effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management and internal 
control systems.

Risk Management 
Framework
The RMF defines Aldermore Group’s 
overall approach to risk management 
across all roles and material risk types. 
The RMF is the Group’s foremost risk 
document, to which all subsidiary risk 
policies and frameworks must align. 
The RMF is subject to Board approval, at 
least annually. The RMF describes risk 
management roles and responsibilities, 
and outlines the Group’s approach to 
each material risk to which it is exposed. 

Risk management and 
internal control 
The Group’s risk management and 
internal control systems are designed 
to identify, manage, monitor and report 
on risks to which the Group is exposed. 
It can therefore, only provide reasonable 
but not absolute assurance against the 
risk of material misstatement or loss. 
Further details of the processes and 
procedures for managing and mitigating 
these risks are provided in the risk 
management section from page 35.

The effectiveness of the internal 
controls was regularly reviewed by 
the Board, Audit Committee and 
Risk Committee during the period. 
This involved receiving reports from 
management including reports from 
Finance, Risk, Compliance, Group 
Internal Audit and the business 
lines. The Audit Committee also 
receives reports on internal controls 
from the Group’s external auditor. 
Where recommendations are identified 
for improvements to controls, these 
are monitored by Group Internal 
Audit who report the progress 
made in implementing them to the 
Audit Committee.

Risk Governance and Oversight Diagram

Group Board

Board Risk Committee 
(BRC)

Executive Risk Committee 
(ERC)

Credit Committee

Asset and Liability 
Committee (ALCO)

Conduct and Operational 
Risk Committee (CORC)

Models Management 
Committee (MMC)

Transaction Credit 
Committee (TCC)

Funding Committee

Subsidiary Risk Committees, including those split 
by business line/central function

s
e
e
t
t
i

i

m
m
o
C
k
s
R
e
d
W
-
p
u
o
r
G

i

l

a
m

r
o
F

k
s
R

i

l

a
m

r
o
f
n

I

s
e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix 
 
 
 
 
38

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Risk governance and oversight

The Group’s risk governance structure 
ensures the Board and senior 
management are accountable for 
overall risk management. Each formal 
Risk Committee is responsible for the 
Group-wide risk position. The Board is 
responsible for approving the highest 
materiality risk frameworks and 
policies, following recommendation by 
subsidiary committees. A delegated 
authority approves other frameworks 
and policies.

Three lines of defence 
The Group employs a “three lines 
of defence” model to segregate 
responsibilities between 1) risk 
management as part of business 
activities, 2) risk oversight and 3) 
independent assurance. Each of the 
three lines of defence is responsible 
for maintaining a prudent and risk-
aware culture.

First line of defence – 
Business lines and central 
functions
The first line of defence comprises all 
colleagues in business lines and central 
functions that are not part of the Risk 
or Group Internal Audit functions. 
Key responsibilities with regard to risk 
management are as follows:

•  Manage risk within the Group’s 
stated appetite in day-to-day 
business activities;

•  Focus on achieving good customer 

outcomes while avoiding a dogmatic 
focus on sales and/or profits;

•  Escalate risks via the risk 

event process;

•  Maintain an up-to-date 

understanding of risk management 
responsibilities; and

•  Proactively identify material risks and 

design mitigating controls.

Second line of defence – 
Risk functions 
The second line of defence comprises 
all colleagues in the Risk function. 
Key responsibilities are as follows:

•  Develop robust frameworks and 

policies to manage risk;

The Board provides oversight to ensure 
the Group adheres to the following 
principles when setting and monitoring 
risk appetite:

•  The RAF is aligned with our 

Strategic Plan;

•  Risk reporting is action-oriented;

•  Support the first line with embedding 

risk frameworks and policies;

•  The Risk function provides 
independent challenge;

•  Own the Group’s relationship with 
regulators and validate adherence 
with applicable regulation 
and legislation;

•  Co-ordinate the Group’s approach to 
setting and reporting on risk appetite; 
and

•  Oversee the delivery of material 

risk management processes, such 
as the Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process (“ICAAP”), 
Individual Liquidity Adequacy 
Assessment Process (“ILAAP”), 
the Recovery and Resolution Plan 
(“RRP”).

Third line of defence – Group 
Internal Audit
The third line of defence comprises 
all colleagues in the Group Internal 
Audit function. Key responsibilities are 
as follows:

•  Provide independent assurance 

to the Board that first and 
second line functions are 
properly discharging their risk 
management responsibilities;

•  Validate the appropriateness of 
risk management controls and 
governance; and

•  Track audit actions to completion. 

Risk Appetite Framework
The Risk Appetite Framework (RAF) 
supports our strategic objectives. 
In defining key risk metrics, 
underpinned by defined triggers and 
limits, it underpins the Group’s approach 
to monthly risk reporting to senior and 
working level committees. 

•  The risk profile is monitored on an 

ongoing basis; and

•  The framework is reviewed annually.

Risk Appetite Statement
A core objective of the Group’s 
Strategic Plan is to “build out the 
Aldermore franchise through 
controlled, sustainable and customer-
centric growth.” The RAF supports the 
delivery of this objective, as reflected 
by the overarching risk appetite 
statement, as follows:

“Operate a sustainable and safe Group 
that conducts its activities in a prudent 
manner, taking into account the 
interests of customers and ensuring 
its obligations to key stakeholders are 
met.” Key stakeholders are defined 
as customers, investors, regulators 
and employees.

Principal Risks have been identified, 
with each having an overarching 
qualitative risk appetite statement and, 
where appropriate, quantitative metrics 
to measure the Group’s tolerance 
and appetite for risk. The suite of risk 
appetite metrics enable systematic 
monitoring of the risk profile against 
appetite and is reported to Committees 
on a monthly basis. The Group’s 
risk appetite is set by the Board and 
embedded down to each business line 
through the informal Risk Committees, 
driving a consistent message across 
the organisation. 

Risk managementAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

39

Risk culture
The Board is accountable for ensuring 
the Group actively embraces a 
strong risk culture, in which all staff 
are accountable for the risks that 
they take. Senior management leads 
in implementing the risk appetite 
and ensuring that the RMF is fully 
embedded, with a strong focus on 
the adherence to risk appetite which 
is monitored by a defined suite of 
metrics. Risk management is embedded 
in the design of staff performance 
management and reward practices.

Risk culture is further 
embedded through:

•  Framework for risk culture;

•  Risk performance considerations;

•  Alignment with Internal Audit 

assessment methodology; and

•  Risk-based remuneration, in part 
considering the strength and 
appropriateness of risk culture.

Stress testing
Stress testing is an important risk 
management tool, with specific 
approaches documented for the 
Group’s key annual assessments 
including the (“ICAAP”), (“ILAAP”), the 
(“RRP”) and Reverse Stress Testing 
(“RST”). 

We maintain a Stress Testing 
Framework (“STF”) which is updated 
on an annual basis, or more frequently 
if required, to assist the Board’s 
understanding of the key risks, 
scenarios and sensitivities that may 
adversely impact our financial or 
operational position. To ensure a 
coherent approach to stress testing, 
the Group adheres to the following 
core principles: 

•  Stress testing is an integral part of 
risk management. Results inform 
decision-making at the appropriate 
level, including strategic 
decisions made by the Board and 
senior management;

•  Stress testing draws on the 
experience and skills of staff 

across an appropriately wide range 
of disciplines;

•  Written policies and procedures 
govern the Group’s approach to 
stress testing, with dedicated policies 
maintained for material asset classes 
and types of stress test;

•  Taken as a whole, stress tests span 
a range of analytical techniques, risk 
types, scenarios and severities to 
ensure a complete view of material 
risks. Stress testing systems and 
procedures must be sufficiently 
flexible to facilitate this approach, 
while remaining proportionate to the 
Group’s size and activities;

•  Consistent with the RMF, the Group 
reviews this Framework at least 
annually; and

•  The STF relies upon and supports the 
Capital Planning and Management 
policy, the Funding and Liquidity 
policy and the Operational and 
Credit Risk Frameworks, all of which 
provide detail of how the STF has 
been implemented within these 
specific areas.

Overarching Risk Appetite Statement

Principal 
risks

Credit 
risk

Capital  
risk

Liquidity  
risk

Market 
risk

Operational 
 risk

Compliance, 
conduct and 
financial crime

Reputational 
 risk

Supporting 
risks

Metrics

Triggers 
and limits

Granular risk categories that help structure risk appetite reporting – each maps to a principal risk

Each supporting risk has a quantative risk appetite statement

Primary Metrics

Secondary Metrics

Tertiary Metrics

Reported to ERC 
every month – mainly 
Bank-wide metrics

Reported to working 
level committees 
every month – mainly 
cut by business line

Not reported individually 
but are an input into 
committee metric(s)

Within appetite

Breaching a trigger

Breaching a limit

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix40

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Risk governance and oversight  
continued

Overarching Risk Appetite Statement

Purpose of stress tests

Type of stress tests

Result of stress tests

ICAAP
Annual process that determines 
capital requirements

Top Down
Test overall financial resilience to 
adverse events

ILAAP
Annual process that determines 
liquidity requirements

Sensitivity Analysis
Tests the overall impact of a single risk 
driver, typically an economic variable

Recovery Plan
Annual process that determines recovery 
options and tests their efficiency

Reverse stress test
Identifies the severity of stress that 
would cause the Bank to fail

Other
Other internal stress tests that support 
strategic decision making

Account Level*
Tests the resilience of a loan applicant to 
adverse events such as interest rate rises

Capital
Estimates the impact of balance 
sheet movements and financial 
losses (typically credit related) on 
capital resources and requirements

Liquidity
Estimates cashflows, funding supply  
and liquid asset availability under  
a market-wide, idiosyncratic or  
 combined liquidity stock

*  Out of scope of this Framework.

Stress testing governance
The Board’s key responsibilities in 
terms of stress testing are: 

•  Review and approve the Stress 

Testing Framework (STF) following 
annual review; and

•  Review and approve the ICAAP, 
ILAAP and Recovery Plan in line 
with regulatory rules and internal 
policies. As part of this, the Board 
will assess the approach to scenario 
design, stress testing methodologies 
and results.

The Board Risk Committee key 
responsibilities in terms of stress 
testing are: 

•  Review the STF following annual 

review, and make a recommendation 
to the Board; and

•  Review the ICAAP, ILAAP 

and Recovery Plan, and make 
recommendation to the Board to 
approve the documents. As part of 
this, Board Risk Committee (BRC) 
will assess the approach to scenario 
design, stress testing methodologies 
and results.

The Chief Risk Officer owns the 
Stress Testing Framework, with the 
Head of Enterprise Risk responsible 
for maintaining the STF and ensuring 
it is applied across relevant parts 
of the Group. The CRO ensures that 
the STF is reviewed at least annually 
and approved by the Board following 
recommendation from the Board 
Risk Committee and Executive 
Risk Committee.

Risk managementPrincipal risks

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

41

Key:

  Up

  Stable

  Down

Effective risk management is a core component of the Group, which is embedded throughout the organisation. The Board and 
senior management ensure that a strong risk culture is at the heart of everything we do, with risk appetite clearly defined, 
managed and reported against, and embedded down to business lines. There were no significant changes made to our business 
model or risk appetite during the period. The following section summarises the principal risks, which are the categories of risk 
that are most significant given our business model and operating environment, along with our approach to their mitigation.

Principal risk

Mitigation

Commentary

Credit risk
The risk of financial loss 
arising from a borrower or a 
counterparty failing to meet 
financial obligations to the Group 
according to agreed terms.
Refer to page 46

Liquidity risk
The risk that we are unable to 
meet our financial obligations as 
they fall due, or can only do so at 
excessive cost. 
Refer to page 56

Market risk
The risk arising from adverse 
movements in market prices 
given long or short positions 
in impacted assets and/ or 
liabilities. 
Refer to page 57

Capital risk
The risk that we have 
insufficient capital resources to 
cover regulatory requirements 
and/ or support growth plans.
Refer to page 58

•  Operate in selected sectors and products, where we have 

specific expertise;

•  Consistently apply the approved credit policy, and price credit facilities 

for risk;

•  Where appropriate, obtain physical collateral or financial collateral;

•  Undertake robust in-life management of the credit portfolio, including 
providing, watch list and internal capital requirements; and perform 
strict daily management of counterparty credit risk.

•  Maintain a sufficient portfolio of cash and high quality liquid assets 

(HQLA) to absorb liquidity shocks;

•  Perform a comprehensive annual ILAAP assessment of all material 
liquidity risks and meet internal buffers on an ongoing basis; and

•  Monitor the Group’s liquidity position on a daily basis, with intra-

month escalation of material risks as appropriate.

•  Seek to match the interest rate structure of assets and liabilities, 

creating a natural hedge; 

•  Where a natural hedge is not possible or desirable, enter into interest 

rate swap contracts to convert fixed-rate into variable-rate 
exposures, or vice-versa;

•  Maintain a tight limit for interest rate risk, in line with a highly 

conservative market risk appetite, with small unhedged exposures 
reflecting timing difference and the cost of small hedges; and

•  Hedge any material basis risk exposure by entering into basis 

swap agreements. 

•  Maintain robust controls for Pillar 1 reporting;

•  Perform a comprehensive annual ICAAP assessment of all material 

capital risks;

•  Plan to meet capital requirements on a forward-looking basis, 

formally assessing confirmed and potential changes in regulatory 
rules; and

•  Maintain an appropriate internal capital buffer over and above fully 
loaded regulatory requirements to protect against unexpected 
losses or risk-weighted asset growth. 

The Group’s cost of 
risk remains low at 
16 bps reflecting our 
robust approach to 
risk management.

The Group’s liquidity 
position remains 
stable and has been 
managed well within 
liquidity buffers.

The Group’s approach 
remains prudent 
and underlying risks 
remain unchanged.

The Group’s capital 
remains stable in line 
with internal targets 
and above regulatory 
requirements.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix42

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Principal risks
continued

Principal risk

Mitigation

Commentary

Operational risk
The risk of loss resulting from 
inadequate or failed internal 
processes, people and systems 
or from external events. 

Compliance, conduct and 
financial crime risk
The risk of legal or regulatory 
sanctions, material financial 
loss, or loss to reputation as a 
result of a failure to comply with 
applicable laws and regulations, 
codes of conduct and standards 
of good practice.

•  Maintain a comprehensive RCSA process. Assess the efficacy of 
these controls by maintaining a harmonised approach to business 
assurance testing;

•  Maintain and embed the risk event reporting process; 

•  Mandate detailed and coherent committee reporting that brings 

together a diverse range of supporting risks;

•  Ensure a significant emphasis on IT resilience given pace of 

evolution of the business and continued exposure to the risk of 
cyber-crime; and

•  Systematically monitor operational losses on both a net (overall 

financial impact) and gross (excluding recoveries) basis to 
understand risk profile and identify trends.

•  Maintain a well-defined and embedded process for regulatory and 
legislative horizon scanning, and preparation for confirmed and 
potential changes;

•  Maintain processes that focus on fair customer outcomes, including 

via the use of metrics on staff performance, training, customer 
feedback, complaints and product cancellation;

•  Ensure that recruitment and training processes have a 

clear customer focus, including via the use of mandatory 
training modules;

•  Ensure the approach to remuneration incentivises fair customer 
outcomes and prudent decision-making within risk appetite; and

•  Perform the requisite checks on all customers – including money 
laundering, sanctions and fraud – and, where appropriate, on an 
ongoing basis. Tightly monitor remedial actions relating to financial 
crime breaches.

Reputational risk
The risk of negative 
consequences arising from a 
failure to meet the expectations 
and standards of our customers, 
investors, regulators or 
other counterparties during 
the conduct of any business 
activities. 

•  Maintain a clear and explicit set of reputational risk policy 
requirements, to which all colleagues must confirm their 
understanding and adherence;

•  Ensure that the reputational impact of changes to products, pricing, 
systems and processes is formally considered and the relevant 
Committee; and

•  Ensure that the Corporate Affairs function assesses material 

risk events for reputational impact, and initiate mitigating actions 
as appropriate.

The operational 
risk profile remains 
stable. Over the 18 
months, the Group has 
improved a number 
of key controls, 
continues to invest in 
its IT infrastructure 
including cyber 
controls, and 
continues to 
effectively manage 
its change portfolio.

The Compliance 
and Financial Crime 
key risks remain 
unchanged, in an 
environment where 
the continued pace 
and volume of 
regulatory change 
remains an ongoing 
challenge, against 
a background of 
increased regularity 
supervision and 
engagement.

The Group’s risk 
profile remains green. 
We remain mindful 
of media focus and 
regulatory scrutiny 
as key drivers of the 
profile’s ongoing 
status.

Risk managementEmerging risks

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

43

We define ‘emerging risks’ as those risks that are specific forward-looking, the likelihood and/or impact of which cannot be 
readily quantified and which have not yet crystallised. At this point, emerging risks include:

Themes

Risk

Regulatory Change or Intervention

What we are currently doing

Non-compliance with 
General Data Protection 
Regulation

•  New data protection regulation strengthens and unifies 

data protection for individuals in the EU. The GDPR 
regulation was implemented on 25 May 2018 and the 
Group reached a compliant position. 

•  Following achievement of “day one” GDPR compliance, 
a data maturity programme has been scoped to deliver 
ongoing compliance against GDPR regulation.

•  Monitoring of ICO updates and the marketplace for the 

•  The risk to the bank is ongoing compliance. 

latest guidance and regulatory interpretation. 

Minimum Requirements 
for Own Funds and Eligible 
Liabilities (MREL) funding 
requirements

•  MREL is an EU regulation that supports orderly 

•  The Group to consider the potential impact of MREL as 

resolution and protects depositors and taxpayers in 
the event of bank failure. The Group is currently not 
considered in scope however, over time the Group may 
fall in scope for more complex resolution strategies and 
going concern requirements. 

part of its strategic decision-making. 

•  We aim to have discussions with the PRA to understand 
at what point the Group may face MREL requirements to 
ensure we are fully prepared. 

Economic and Political Environment

Disorderly Brexit 
outcome

•  Brexit negotiations continue following the UK’s decision 
to leave the EU in June 2016 and the triggering of Article 
50 in March 2017. 

•  The Group continues to closely monitor negotiations 
and the potential economic impact on credit risk and 
implications for colleagues.

Over-indebtedness 
impacting mortgage 
affordability

Competitive environment

Heightened competition 

•  Since Aldermore operates solely in the UK, the key risk is 
considered a general downturn in the UK economy linked 
to stagnating trade and risk-adverse investors. 

• 

In July 2017, a PRA review noted the declining resilience 
of some consumer credit portfolios due to growth in 
higher-risk segments, lower pricing and banks being 
overly influenced by the benign economy. 

•  The risk to Aldermore is twofold. Firstly, over-

indebted consumers may affect residential mortgage 
affordability, particularly if unemployment rises. 
Secondly, the FCA and PRA reviews indicate 
that regulators may impose restrictions on 
consumer lending.

•  The FCA publishes key regional differences in financial 

engagement and resilience, which the Group will assess 
as part of its ongoing strategy review.

•  The mortgage portfolio remains resilient, as 

demonstrated by affordability stress testing and a low 
expected loss. 

•  Competition in the Group’s selected markets arises from 
a range of sources, including large High Street banks, 
challengers and non-bank lenders.

•  We continue to monitor trends in the external 

environment and the impact on pricing, mindful of the 
increase in savings stock required into 2019. 

•  Heightened competition may lead to margin 

•  The business line continues to take a disciplined 

compression and lower growth, both key drivers of 
profitability. This could result in lower volumes, higher 
customer attrition and/or lower net interest margins.

approach to pricing to maintain stable margins, risk 
profile and commission arrangements.

Technology risk

Cyber-crime incident

•  Cyber-crime remains significant and high profile 

•  The Group will revise its Cyber Strategy to align with 

across all industries. Coupled with an increase in public 
awareness of data privacy as a result of GDPR, there 
have been numerous headlines regarding data breaches. 

its recently approved IT strategy. The Group’s Security 
Investment Programme (SIP) continues. 

•  An Information security awareness campaign will 

be rolled out across the Group in September 2018 to 
reaffirm previous guidance.

Failure of an outsource 
provider or supplier

•  The Group has a number of material and critical 

•  The Group continues to maintain controls and 

outsource or third-party arrangements that are core 
elements of the supply chain. The failure of one of these 
key partners could significantly affect the Group’s 
customers, operations and reputation.

governance in relation to the operating framework for 
suppliers. The risk profile in this area has improved as 
the Group continues to embed enhanced governance 
and oversight in accordance with its new Supplier 
Management Framework. 

Detrimental impact on 
customers from an IT 
failure

•  The Group deploys services through a mix of hosted 

•  The Group continues to perform robust risk 

systems, both externally hosted or hosted on behalf of 
the Group.

assessments and mitigation of the risks from an 
IT failure.

•  The risk is the potential detrimental impact to the Group 

from an IT failure.

•  Scenarios and simulated exercises are run, as part of 
incident management testing, to mitigate this risk.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix44

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss arising from the borrower or a counterparty failing to meet their financial obligations to the 
Group in accordance with agreed terms. The risk primarily crystallises by customers defaulting on lending facilities. Credit risk also 
arises from treasury investments and off-balance sheet activities, which are typically sub-categorised as counterparty credit risk.

The credit risk section of this report includes information on the following:
1.  The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk;
2.  Credit quality and performance of loans;
3.  Forbearance granted through the flexing of contractual agreements;
4.  Diversity and low concentrations within our loan portfolio;
5.  Details of provisioning coverage and the value of assets against which loans are secured;
6. 

Information on credit risk within our treasury operations.

1. The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk
The following table presents our maximum exposure to credit risk of financial instruments on the balance sheet and commitments 
to lend before taking into account any collateral held or other credit enhancements. The maximum exposure to credit risk for loans, 
debt securities, derivatives and other on-balance sheet financial instruments is the carrying amount and for loan commitments, the 
full amount of any commitment to lend that is either irrevocable or revocable only in response to material adverse change.

Our net credit risk exposure as at 30 June 2018 was £10,859.9 million (31 December 2016: £9,056.0 million), an increase of 19.9%. 
The main factors contributing to the increase were:

the growth in gross loans and advances to customers, our largest credit risk exposure by £1,511.0 million, 

i) 
ii)  growth in cash and balances at central banks by £392.4 million; and 
iii)  a reduction in commitments to lend by £272.5 million.

Included in the statement of financial position:
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities
Derivatives held for risk management
Loans and advances to customers
Other financial assets

Commitments to lend 
Gross credit risk exposure
Less: allowance for impairment losses
Net credit risk exposure

Note

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

508.8 
96.6 
792.3 
22.7 
9,015.7 
6.2 
10,442.3 
442.8 
10,885.1 
(25.2)
10,859.9 

116.4
67.2
664.5
12.4
7,504.7
2.9
8,368.1
715.3
9,083.4
(27.4)
9,056.0

20
39

37

20

Risk managementAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

45

2. Credit quality and performance of loans
The tables below provide a split of our £9,015.7 million (31 December 2016: £7,504.7 million) credit risk exposure to loans, gross of 
impairments, on the basis of:

A.  Whether they are performing (neither past due nor individually impaired);

B.  Past due but not individually impaired;

C. 

Individually impaired loans, in line with Note 2 (g).

30 June 2018
A  Neither past due nor individually impaired
B  Past due but not individually impaired
C  Individually impaired

31 December 2016
A  Neither past due nor individually impaired
B  Past due but not individually impaired
C  Individually impaired

1  This analysis includes Property Development.

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 
1,837.5 
6.7 
6.1 
1,850.3 

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 
1,569.2 
3.3 
9.3 
1,581.8 

Invoice Finance
 £m 
267.6 
– 
0.8 
268.4 

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 
961.0 
6.0 
3.0 
970.0 

Invoice Finance
 £m 
155.9 
–
3.6 
159.5 

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 
921.6 
6.9 
7.8 
936.3 

Buy-to-Let
 £m 
4,408.2 
21.1 
13.5 
4,442.8 

Buy-to-Let
 £m 
3,308.4 
13.2 
8.7 
3,330.3 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 
1,449.8 
23.9 
10.5 
1,484.2 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 
1,470.8 
19.8 
6.2 
1,496.8 

Total
 £m 
8,924.1 
57.7 
33.9 
9,015.7 

Total
 £m 
7,425.9 
43.2 
35.6 
7,504.7 

The three categories shown above are further analysed over the following pages.

Due to the more bespoke nature of the Property Development business, the portfolio is excluded from a number of the following 
tables, as indicated with by the footnotes. Gross Property Development exposure at 30 June 2018 was £226 million (31 December 
2016: £230 million), and net exposure was £225 million (31 December 2016: £229 million).

A. Loans and advances that are neither past due nor individually impaired
The credit quality of assets that are neither past due nor individually impaired is analysed internally as follows:

30 June 2018
Low risk
Medium risk
High risk
Total
Fair value of collateral held

31 December 2016
Low risk
Medium risk
High risk
Total
Fair value of collateral held

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 
– 
1,369.5 
468.0 
1,837.5 
1,220.8 

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 
– 
1,282.4 
286.8 
1,569.2 
1,102.8 

Invoice Finance
 £m 
– 
42.3 
225.3 
267.6 
266.0 

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 
456.8 
267.3 
11.0 
735.1 
735.1 

Invoice Finance
 £m 
– 
6.9 
149.0 
155.9 
155.8 

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 
368.6 
315.8 
7.1 
691.5 
691.5 

Buy-to-Let
 £m 
3,693.3 
661.6 
53.3 
4,408.2 
4,406.1 

Buy-to-Let
 £m 
2,710.7 
523.4 
74.3 
3,308.4 
3,308.3 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 
1,074.8 
330.2 
44.8 
1,449.8 
1,449.3 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 
1,083.8 
345.4 
41.6 
1,470.8 
1,470.8 

Total
 £m 
5,224.9 
2,670.9 
802.4 
8,698.2 
8,077.3 

Total
 £m 
4,163.1 
2,473.9 
558.8 
7,195.8 
6,729.2 

1   This analysis excludes Property Development.

The categorisation of high, medium and low risk is based on internal grading models utilised in portfolio monitoring. The grading 
models are used to generate a consistent Group-wide approach for the grading of customer credit risk exposures for all lending 
businesses and provide a relative internal ranking of risk. Drivers for the grade mapping include external credit reference agency 
risk scores, property valuations and qualitative factors. The relative measure of risk reflects a combined assessment of the 
probability of default by the customer and an assessment of the expected loss in the event of default. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix46

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Credit risk 
continued

The resulting classification of balances between low, medium and high is consequently driven by a combination of the Probability 
of Default (“PD”) and Loss Given Default (“LGD”) grades. A matrix of eighteen PD (fifteen of which apply to up-to-date accounts) 
and ten LGD grades determine the category within which each loan is categorised, i.e. those accounts that have a low PD and/or 
low LGD are graded as ‘low’. Those graded ‘high’ will be accounts that have either a high PD and/or high LGD. 

B. Loans and advances that are past due but not individually impaired 
As at 30 June 2018, there was a balance of £57.7 million (31 December 2016: £43.2 million) in relation to loans where customers 
had missed one or more repayments but no specific loss had yet been recognised.

The table below provides further analysis according to the number of months past due:

– Up to 2 months past due

– 2 to 3 months past due

Total

Fair value of collateral held

The above analysis includes Property Development

C. Loans and advances that have been individually impaired
Individually impaired balances are further analysed as follows:

30 June 2018
Impaired but not past due
Past due less than 3 months
Past due 3 - 6 months
Past due 6 - 12 months
Past due over 12 months
Total
Of which: Possessions
Non-performing Loan Ratio (%)

31 December 2016
Impaired but not past due
Past due less than 3 months
Past due 3-6 months
Past due 6-12 months
Past due over 12 months
Total
Of which: Possessions
Non-performing Loan Ratio (%)

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 
0.3 
1.7 
2.6 
0.9 
0.6 
6.1 
0.3 
 0.33 

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 
1.0 
2.5 
3.1 
2.0 
0.7 
9.3 
0.7 
0.59

Invoice Finance
 £m 
– 
– 
– 
0.3 
0.5 
0.8 
– 
 0.30

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 
– 
0.2 
0.4 
1.0 
1.4 
3.0 
0.6 
0.31 

Invoice Finance
 £m 
– 
0.6 
0.1 
1.0 
1.9 
3.6 
– 
2.26

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 
2.4 
0.2 
– 
1.2 
4.0 
7.8 
0.6 
0.83

Buy-to-Let
 £m 
3.3 
2.2 
5.7 
1.3 
1.0 
13.5 
3.6 
 0.30 

Buy-to-Let
 £m 
0.5 
1.5 
2.8 
3.2 
0.7 
8.7 
5.5 
0.26

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

45.5 

12.2 

57.7 

55.8 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 
0.3 
1.8 
5.2 
1.9 
1.3 
10.5 
1.0 
 0.71 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 
0.1 
0.6 
3.8 
1.4 
0.3 
6.2 
0.2 
0.41

35.6 

7.6 

43.2 

42.3 

Total
 £m 
3.9 
5.9 
13.9 
5.4 
4.8 
33.9 
5.5 
 0.38 

Total
 £m 
4.0 
5.4 
9.8 
8.8 
7.6 
35.6 
7.0 
0.47

¹   The above analysis includes Property Development.

Against the above individually impaired balances at 30 June 2018 of £33.9m (31 December 2016: £35.6 million) the fair value of 
collateral was £30.6 million (31 December 2016: £28.8 million). We always seek to pursue timely realisation of collateral in an 
orderly manner and do not use the collateral for our own operations. 

Risk managementAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

47

The year to date movement in impaired loans is analysed as follows:

Period to 30 June 2018
At 1 January 2017
Classified as impaired during the period
Transferred from impaired to unimpaired
Amounts written-off
Repayments
At 30 June 2018

Year to 31 December 2016
At 1 January 2016
Classified as impaired during the period
Transferred from impaired to unimpaired
Amounts written-off
Repayments
At 31 December 2016

¹   The above analysis includes Property Development.

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 
9.3 
13.1 
(1.5)
(11.4)
(3.4)
6.1 

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 
6.7 
8.6
(0.3)
(4.4)
(1.3) 
9.3 

Invoice Finance
 £m 
3.6 
1.2 
(0.1)
(3.1)
(0.8)
0.8 

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 
7.8 
2.2 
(0.2)
(1.3)
(5.5)
3.0 

Invoice Finance
 £m 
2.9 
2.2 
– 
(1.4)
(0.1) 
3.6 

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 
7.9 
2.8 
(2.7)
(0.1)
(0.1) 
7.8 

Buy-to-Let
 £m 
8.7 
11.1 
(1.2)
(0.2)
(4.9)
13.5 

Buy-to-Let
 £m 
6.4 
4.7 
(1.1)
(0.1)
(1.2) 
8.7 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 
6.2 
9.0 
(3.4)
(0.1)
(1.2)
10.5 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 
4.1 
4.3 
(0.8)
(0.1)
(1.3)
6.2 

Total
 £m 
35.6 
36.6 
(6.4)
(16.1)
(15.8)
33.9 

Total
 £m 
28.0 
22.6 
(4.9)
(6.1)
(4.0)
35.6 

3. Forbearance granted through the flexing of contractual agreements
Forbearance is defined as any concessionary arrangement that is made for a period of three months or more where financial 
difficulty is present or imminent. It is inevitable that some borrowers experience financial difficulties which impact their ability 
to meet their obligations as per the contractual terms. We seek to identify borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulties, 
as well as contacting borrowers whose loans have gone into arrears, consulting with them in order to ascertain the reason for 
the difficulties and to establish the best course of action to bring the account up-to-date. In certain circumstances, where the 
borrower is experiencing financial distress, we may use forbearance measures to assist the borrower. These are considered on 
a case-by-case basis and must result in a fair outcome. The forbearance measures are undertaken in order to achieve the best 
outcome for both the customer and the Group by dealing with financial difficulties and arrears at an early stage. 

The most widely used methods of forbearance are temporarily reduced monthly payments, loan term extension, deferral 
of payment and a temporary or permanent transfer to interest only payments to reduce the borrower’s financial pressures. 
Where the arrangement is temporary, borrowers are expected to resume normal payments within six months. Both temporary 
and permanent concessions are reported as forborne for twenty four months following the end of the concession. In all cases, the 
above definitions are subject to no further concessions being made and the customers’ compliance with the new terms. 

Forbearance levels remain low. The balance of forborne accounts by payment status is shown in the tables below:

30 June 2018
A  Neither past due nor individually impaired
B  Past due but not individually impaired
C  Individually impaired
Total

31 December 2016
A  Neither past due nor individually impaired
B  Past due but not individually impaired
C  Individually impaired
Total

¹   The above analysis includes Property Development.

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 
6.8 
0.8 
0.3 
7.9 

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 
3.2 
– 
0.1 
3.3 

Invoice Finance
 £m 
5.4 
0.7 
–
6.1 

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 
11.0 
0.1 
0.9 
12.0 

Invoice Finance
 £m 
10.4 
0.6 
0.1 
11.1 

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 
23.8 
0.2 
0.3 
24.3 

Buy-to-Let
 £m 
0.7 
0.7 
– 
1.4 

Buy-to-Let
 £m 
1.4 
0.3 
0.3 
2.0 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 
5.1 
1.3 
2.2 
8.6 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 
4.9 
1.5 
1.4 
7.8 

Total
 £m 
29.0 
3.6 
3.4 
36.0 

Total
 £m 
43.7 
2.6 
2.2 
48.5 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix48

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Credit risk 
continued

As at 30 June 2018, we had undertaken forbearance measures as follows in each of our segments:

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

Asset Finance
Capitalisation
Reduced monthly payments
Loan-term extension
Deferred payment
Total Asset Finance
Forborne as a percentage of the total divisional gross lending book (%)

Invoice Finance
Agreement to advance funds in excess of normal contractual terms
Total Invoice Finance
Forborne as a percentage of the total divisional gross lending book (%)

SME Commercial Mortgages1
Temporary or permanent switch to interest only 
Reduced monthly payments
Linked to forbearance
Total SME Commercial Mortgages
Forborne as a percentage of the total divisional gross lending book (%)

Buy-to-Let 
Temporary or permanent switch to interest only
Reduced monthly payments
Deferred payment
Total Buy-to-Let
Forborne as a percentage of the total divisional gross lending book (%)

Residential Mortgages
Temporary or permanent switch to interest only
Reduced monthly payments
Deferred payment
Total Residential Mortgages
Forborne as a percentage of the total divisional gross lending book (%)

Total forborne
Total capitalisation
Total temporary or permanent switch to interest only
Total reduced monthly payments
Total loan-term extension
Total deferred payment
Total linked to forbearance
Total agreement to advance funds in excess of normal contractual terms
Total forborne
Total forborne as a percentage of the total gross lending book (%)

¹   The above analysis includes Property Development

1.8 
1.7 
2.0 
2.4 
7.9 
0.42%

6.1 
6.1 
2.26%

4.7 
0.8 
6.5 
12.0 
1.25%

0.5 
0.4 
0.5 
1.4 
0.03%

3.9 
4.2 
0.5 
8.6 
0.58%

1.8 
9.1 
7.1 
2.0 
3.4 
6.5 
6.1 
36.0 
0.40%

1.3 
0.2 
0.3 
1.5 
3.3 
0.21%

11.1 
11.1 
6.96%

24.3 
–
–
24.3 
2.60%

0.7 
1.0 
0.3 
2.0 
0.06%

4.5 
2.0 
1.3 
7.8 
0.52%

1.3 
29.5 
3.2 
0.3 
3.1 
– 
11.1 
48.5 
0.65%

When forbearance is granted to a borrower on a specific exposure, all exposures which are connected with that borrower, 
e.g. by reason of common ownership are deemed as forborne for reporting purposes.

Risk managementAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

49

4. Diversity and low concentrations within our net loan portfolio
As shown below, we monitor concentration of credit risk by segment, geography, sector and size of loan: 

Credit concentration by segment
Details of our net lending by segment are as follows:

Asset Finance

Invoice Finance
SME Commercial Mortgages1
Buy-to-Let 

Residential Mortgages

 30 June 2018

31 December 2016

£m

1,841.7 

265.2 

965.9 

4,436.8 

1,480.9 

8,990.5 

%

21

3

11

49

16

100

£m

1,573.4 

154.1 

929.9 

3,326.0 

1,493.9 

7,477.3

%

21 

2 

12 

45 

20 

100 

¹   The above analysis includes Property Development.

Credit concentration by geography¹
An analysis of our loans and advances to customers by geography is shown in the table below:

East Anglia

East Midlands

Greater London

North East

North West

Northern Ireland

Scotland

South East

South West

Wales

West Midlands

Yorkshire and Humberside

¹   The above analysis includes Property Development.

30 June
2018
%

31 December 
2016
%

10.1 

5.3 

21.8 

2.8 

10.4 

0.3 

5.2 

20.3 

9.1 

2.7 

6.4 

5.6 

9.6

6.1

20.7

2.6

10.7

0.2

4.9

19.9

9.5

2.9

6.7

6.2

100.0 

100.0

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix50

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Credit risk 
continued

Credit concentration by sector¹
An analysis of our loans and advances to customers by sector is shown in the table below:

Agriculture, hunting and forestry

Construction

Education

Electricity, gas and water supply

Financial intermediation

Health and social work

Hotels and restaurants

Manufacturing

Mining and quarrying

Private households with employed persons

Public administration and defence; compulsory social security

Real estate, renting and business activities

Residential

Transport, storage and communication

Wholesale & retail trade; repair of motor vehicles & household goods

30 June
2018
%

31 December 
2016
%

0.8 

5.2 

0.1 

0.5 

1.9 

0.3 

0.4 

2.8 

0.2 

1.4 

– 

18.6 

61.7 

3.5 

2.6 

1.1

4.4

0.1

0.5

1.7

0.3

0.3

3.1

0.2

0.8

0.1

19.2

61.9

3.8

2.5

100.0 

100.0

¹   The above analysis includes Property Development.

Credit concentration by quantum of exposure
An analysis of loans and advances to customers by quantum of exposure is shown in the table below:

30 June 2018

£0 - £50k

£50 - £100k

£100 - £150k

£150 - £200k

£200 - £300k

£300 - £400k

£400 - £500k

£500k - £1m

£1m - £2m

£2m+

Total

¹   The above analysis includes Property Development.

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 

Buy-to-Let
 £m 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 

688.4 

398.2 

188.3 

124.0 

139.5 

69.8 

45.8 

97.4 

43.1 

47.2 

1,841.7 

1.8 

23.4 

29.2 

28.9 

49.0 

37.5 

39.9 

136.3 

151.6 

243.7 

741.3 

33.1 

580.6 

570.9 

533.7 

1,016.8 

742.8 

333.9 

410.0 

120.8 

94.2 

12.1 

242.2 

385.3 

285.7 

336.4 

126.4 

27.8 

60.8 

2.2 

2.0 

4,436.8 

1,480.9 

Risk managementAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

51

Asset
 Finance 
 £m 

SME Commercial
Mortgages1 
 £m 

Buy-to-Let
 £m 

Residential 
Mortgages 
 £m 

639.7 

361.3 

145.4 

96.1 

107.4 

54.9 

40.3 

79.6 

34.2 

14.5 

1,573.4 

2.9 

24.7 

31.7 

26.1 

52.3 

36.7 

40.1 

119.0 

140.2 

227.1 

700.8 

25.4 

518.1 

480.6 

400.5 

709.1 

457.5 

219.1 

306.3 

116.0 

93.4 

15.9 

252.9 

414.9 

299.6 

314.1 

120.7 

21.4 

51.2 

3.2 

– 

3,326.0 

1,493.9 

31 December 2016

£0 - £50k

£50 - £100k

£100 - £150k

£150 - £200k

£200 - £300k

£300 - £400k

£400 - £500k

£500k - £1m

£1m - £2m

£2m+

Total

¹   The above analysis includes Property Development.

5. Details of provisioning coverage and the value of assets against which loans are secured
The principal indicators used to assess the credit security of performing loans are loan to value (“LTV”) ratios for SME 
Commercial, Buy-to-Let and Residential Mortgages. 

SME Commercial Mortgages1
Loan to value on indexed origination information on our SME Commercial Mortgage portfolio is set out below:

100%+

95-100%

90-95%

85-90%

80-85%

75-80%

70-75%

60-70%

50-60%

0-50%

Capital repayment

Interest only

Average loan to value percentage 

¹   The above analysis includes Property Development.

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

0.1 

– 

0.1 

0.2 

0.1 

2.1 

23.5 

196.4 

220.6 

298.2 

741.3 

509.6 

231.7 

741.3 

–

0.4 

0.5 

0.7 

1.7 

12.1 

34.8 

153.2 

211.9 

285.5 

700.8 

568.4 

132.4 

700.8 

51.64%

51.74%

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix52

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Credit risk 
continued

Property Development
We use “loan-to-gross-development-value” as an indicator of the quality of credit security of performing loans for the Property 
Development portfolio. Loan-to-gross-development-value is a measure used to monitor the loan balance compared with 
the expected gross development value once the development is complete. Average loan-to-gross-development-value at 
origination for Property Development loans at 30 June 2018 was 60 per cent (31 December 2016: 58 per cent).

Buy-to-Let
Loan to value on indexed origination information on our Buy-to-Let Mortgage portfolio is set out below:

100%+

95-100%

90-95%

85-90%

80-85%

75-80%

70-75%

60-70%

50-60%

0-50%

Capital repayment

Interest only

Average loan to value percentage 

Residential Mortgages
Loan to value on indexed origination information on our Residential Mortgage portfolio is set out below:

100%+

95-100%

90-95%

85-90%

80-85%

75-80%

70-75%

60-70%

50-60%

0-50%

Capital repayment

Interest only

Average loan to value percentage 

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

0.4 

0.6 

3.8 

11.6 

140.0 

915.7 

974.7 

1,217.3 

661.9 

510.8 

4,436.8 

281.2 

4,155.6 

4,436.8 

65.71%

30 June
2018
£m

– 

14.6 

171.3 

160.4 

113.5 

132.0 

192.8 

266.0 

179.8 

250.5 

1,480.9 

1,301.5 

179.4 

1,480.9 

68.39%

– 

0.4 

9.6 

14.8 

136.5 

461.4 

561.2 

984.3 

669.6 

488.2 

3,326.0 

251.1 

3,074.9 

3,326.0 

63.21%

31 December 
2016
£m

0.2 

17.2 

139.9 

178.4 

170.4 

166.1 

172.8 

251.4 

168.4 

229.1 

1,493.9 

1,303.1 

190.8 

1,493.9 

69.48%

Risk managementAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

53

Lending at higher LTV bandings continues to be largely as a result of the Group’s participation in mortgage guarantee schemes. 
We participated in the Help to Buy (“HTB”) mortgage guarantee scheme, which covered lending with an LTV over 85%, until the 
retirement of this scheme at the end of 2016. Following the cessation of the HTB scheme we have introduced the Mortgage 
Indemnity Guarantee (“MIG”) product to cover all new lending over 80% LTV (excluding fees). 

As at 30 June 2018, 99% of the exposures with an LTV in excess of 85% relate to either HTB (31 December 2016: 96%) or MIG. 
The average indexed LTV for mortgages with a guarantee was 87% (31 December 2016: HTB – 87%). As at 30 June 2018, the 
average indexed LTV of the non-mortgage guarantee owner occupied book is 59% (31 December 2016: 61%).

Invoice Finance
In respect of Invoice Finance, collateral is provided by the underlying receivables (e.g. trade invoices). As at 30 June 2018, the 
average advance rate against the fair value of sales ledger balances which have been assigned to the Group, net of amounts 
considered to be irrecoverable, is 66.2% (31 December 2016: 62.3%).

In addition to the value of the underlying sales ledger balances, we will wherever possible, obtain additional collateral before 
offering invoice finance facilities to a client. These may include limited personal guarantees from major shareholders, charges 
over personal and other business property, cross guarantees from associated companies and unlimited warranties in the case of 
frauds or certain other breaches. These additional forms of security are impractical to value given their nature.

Asset Finance
In respect of Asset Finance, collateral is provided by our rights and/or title to the underlying assets, which we are able to 
repossess in the event of default. Where appropriate, we will also obtain additional security, such as parent company or 
personal guarantees. 

Asset Finance also undertakes unsecured lending where we have obtained an understanding of the ability of the borrower’s 
business to generate cash flows to service and repay the facilities provided. As at 30 June 2018, the total amount of such 
unsecured lending was £191.8 million (31 December 2016: £159.9 million). 

Group impairment coverage ratio
Impairment coverage is analysed as follows:

Coverage ratio

Gross loans and advances

Of which individually impaired

Impaired as a % of gross loans and advances

Allowance for losses - individual provisions

Coverage

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

9,015.7 

7,504.7 

33.9 

0.38%

7.8 

35.6 

0.47%

14.3 

23.09%

40.17%

The total value of individually impaired loans has decreased despite the growth in lending portfolios. This reflects both our 
controlled approach to credit risk management and the benign economic environment, resulting in a lower coverage ratio.

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities
It is our policy to enter into master netting and margining agreements with all derivative counterparties. In general, under 
master netting agreements the amounts owed by each counterparty that are due on a single day in respect of all transactions 
outstanding in the same currency under the agreement are aggregated into a single net amount being payable by one party to 
the other. In certain circumstances, for example when a credit event such as a default occurs, all outstanding transactions under 
the agreement are terminated.

Under the margining agreements, where we have a net asset position with a counterparty valued at current market values in 
respect of derivatives, then that counterparty will place collateral, usually cash, with us in order to cover the position. Similarly, 
we will place collateral, usually cash, with the counterparty where we have a net liability position. 

As our derivatives are under master netting and margining agreements as described, they do not meet the criteria for offsetting 
in the statement of financial position.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix54

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Credit risk 
continued

The following tables detail amounts of financial assets and liabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting 
agreements and similar arrangements including the Funding for Lending Scheme and the Term Funding Scheme as detailed in 
Note 20. 

30 June 2018
Type of financial instrument
Assets
Loans and advances to customers (amounts 
pre-positioned as collateral under the TFS)
Derivatives held for risk management

Liabilities
Amounts due to banks (central bank 
under the TFS)
Derivatives held for risk management

31 December 2016
Type of financial instrument
Assets
Loans and advances to customers (amounts 
pre-positioned as collateral under the FLS)
Loans and advances to customers (amounts 
pre-positioned as collateral under the TFS)
Derivatives held for risk management

Liabilities
Amount due to banks - repurchase 
agreements
Amounts due to banks (central bank 
under the TFS)
Derivatives held for risk management

Gross amount 
of recognised 
financial 
instrument offset 
in the statement 
of financial 
position
 £m 

Net amount 
of financial 
instruments 
presented in the 
statement of 
financial position
 £m 

Gross amount 
of recognised 
financial 
instruments
 £m 

Related amounts not offset in the  
statement of financial position

Financial 
instruments
£m 

Cash collateral 
paid/ (received) 
 £m 

Net amount
 £m 

3,032.7
22.7
3,055.4

(1,673.1)
(16.7)
(1,689.8)

–
–
–

–
–
–

3,032.7
22.7
3,055.4

(1,673.1)
(16.7)
(1,689.8)

–
(5.1)
(5.1)

1,359.6
0.9
1,360.5

(1,673.1)
(16.7)
(1,689.8)

1,673.1
16.7
1,689.8

–
–
–

–
–
–

Gross amount 
of recognised 
financial 
instrument offset 
in the statement 
of financial 
position
 £m 

Net amount 
of financial 
instruments 
presented in the 
statement of 
financial position
 £m 

Gross amount 
of recognised 
financial 
instruments
 £m 

Related amounts not offset in the  
statement of financial position

Financial 
instruments
£m 

Cash collateral 
paid/ (received) 
 £m 

Net amount
 £m 

1,066.2

578.7
12.4
1,657.3

(354.8)

(396.1)
(35.8)
(786.7)

–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

1,066.2

(354.8)

–

711.4

578.7
12.4
1,657.3

(396.1)
(13.6)
(764.5)

(354.8)

354.8

(396.1)
(35.8)
(786.7)

396.1
13.6
764.5

–
(2.2)
(2.2)

–

–
22.2
22.2

182.6
(3.4)
890.6

–

–
–
–

Risk management 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

55

6. Information on credit risk within our treasury operations
Credit risk exists where we have acquired securities or placed cash deposits with other financial institutions as part of our 
treasury portfolio of assets. We consider the credit risk of treasury assets to be relatively low. No assets are held for speculative 
purposes or actively traded. Certain liquid assets are held as part of our liquidity buffer. 

Credit quality of treasury assets
The table below sets out information about the credit quality of treasury financial assets. As at 30 June 2018 and at 31 December 
2016, no treasury assets were past due or impaired. The analysis presented below is derived using ratings provided by 
Standard & Poor’s (see below disclaimer for further details) and Fitch. The worst rating from the credit agencies for each of the 
counterparties is used as the basis for assessing credit risk of treasury financial assets.

Cash and balances at central banks and loans and advances to banks

– Rated AAA

– Rated AA+ to AA-

– Rated A+ to A-

– Rated BBB+

High quality liquid assets included in the liquidity buffer

– Rated AAA

– Rated AA+ to AA-

– Rated A+ to A-

– Rated BBB+

Debt securities: Asset backed securities

– Rated AAA

– Rated AA+ to AA-

– Rated A+ to A-

– Rated BBB+

Derivatives held for risk management purposes

– Rated AAA

– Rated AA+ to AA-

– Rated A+ to A-

– Rated BBB+

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

–

525.8 

51.2 

28.4

605.4

574.6

187.6

– 

– 

– 

139.3 

35.6 

8.7 

183.6 

430.9 

163.2 

– 

– 

30.1 

70.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

792.3 

664.5 

– 

– 

22.7 

– 

22.7 

1,420.4 

– 

2.6 

6.1 

3.7 

12.4 

860.5 

Standard & Poor’s disclaimer notice in relation to the ratings information set out above:

“ This may contain information obtained from third parties, including ratings from credit ratings agencies such as Standard & Poor’s. Reproduction and distribution of third 
party content in any form is prohibited except with the prior written permission of the related third party. Third party content providers do not guarantee the accuracy, 
completeness, timeliness or availability of any information, including ratings, and are not responsible for any errors or omissions (negligent or otherwise), regardless of 
the cause, or for the results obtained from the use of such content. THIRD PARTY CONTENT PROVIDERS GIVE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, 
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE. THIRD PARTY CONTENT PROVIDERS SHALL 
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, COMPENSATORY, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, COSTS, EXPENSES, 
LEGAL FEES, OR LOSSES (INCLUDING LOST INCOME OR PROFITS AND OPPORTUNITY COSTS OR LOSSES CAUSED BY NEGLIGENCE) IN CONNECTION WITH ANY 
USE OF THEIR CONTENT, INCLUDING RATINGS. Credit ratings are statements of opinions and are not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase hold or sell 
securities. They do not address the suitability of securities or the suitability of securities for investment purposes, and should not be relied on as investment advice.”

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Funding and liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that we are unable to meet financial obligations, such as repaying depositors and counterparties, as they 
fall due, or can only do so at excessive cost.

To protect the Group and its depositors against liquidity risk, we maintain a liquidity buffer which is based on our liquidity needs 
under stressed conditions. The liquidity buffer is monitored on a daily basis to ensure there are sufficient liquid assets at all times 
to cover cash flow movements and fluctuations in funding, enabling us to meet all financial obligations and to support anticipated 
asset growth. 

Analysis of the liquidity buffer
The components of the Group’s liquidity buffer are shown below: 

Level 1

Bank of England reserve account and unencumbered cash and bank balances

UK gilts and Treasury bills, other Sovereign, Supranational and Covered bonds

Treasury bills held under the FLS scheme

Level 2

Covered bonds

Asset backed securities

Total liquidity buffer

As a % of funding liabilities

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

492.5

707.3

–

54.9

30.1

1,284.8

13.06%

118.4 

554.0 

294.8 

36.8 

70.4 

1,074.4 

13.54%

Our liquidity buffer ensures the Group holds sufficient liquidity under stressed conditions. We monitor stress and ongoing 
commitments to our statement of financial position on a daily basis. We also have access to liquidity through pre-positioned 
collateral with the Bank of England (until drawn, this remains off-balance sheet so is not included within the calculation).

Customer deposits and wholesale funding
Deposits grew 16.5% to £7.8 billion as at 30 June 2018 (31 December 2016: £6.7 billion  and we continued to diversify our sources 
of funding, utilising cost effective sources offered by the Bank of England. The Group also repaid all Funding for Lending Scheme 
on-balance sheet liabilities in the period. 

The underlying mortgages within our Oak 1 securitisation continued to be repaid as reflected in the 40.3% reduction in the 
Residential Mortgages Backed Security balance. The balance of subordinated liabilities also reduced as £40m of Tier 2 securities 
issued five years previously were called in May 2017.

Retail deposits

SME deposits

Corporate deposits

Customer deposits

Funding for Lending Scheme (“FLS”)

Term Funding Scheme (“TFS”)

Residential Mortgages Backed Security (“RMBS”)

Deposits by banks

Subordinated liabilities

Wholesale funding

30 June
2018
£m

5,163.4

1,997.9

615.0

7,776.3

– 

1,673.1

77.9

–

60.5

1,811.5 

31 December 
2016
£m

4,766.8

1,647.2

259.7

6,673.7

354.8

396.1

130.6

0.7

100.0

982.2

Risk management 
Interest rate and market risk

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

57

Interest rate risk is the risk of loss through mismatched asset and liability positions which are sensitive to changes in interest 
rates. Interest rate risk consists of asset-liability gap risk and basis risk.

Asset-liability gap risk
Where possible we seek to match the interest rate structure of assets with liabilities, creating a natural hedge. Where this is not 
possible we will enter into interest rate swap transactions to convert the fixed rate exposures on loans and advances, customer 
deposits and available for sale securities into variable three month LIBOR liabilities.

Given timing differences and the price of hedging small gaps, it is not cost effective to have an absolute match of variable rate 
assets and liabilities. The risk exposure of the overall asset-liability interest rate profile is monitored against approved limits using 
changes in the economic value of the balance sheet as a result of a modelled two percentage point shift in the interest yield curve.

The impact of a two percentage point shift in the interest yield curve is as follows:

2% shift up of the yield curve:

As at period end

Average of month end positions

2% shift down of the yield curve:

As at period end

Average of month end positions

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

(5.9) 

(5.9)

2.9 

2.2 

(7.0)

(3.7)

1.8 

0.9 

Gross undiscounted contractual cash flows 
The following is an analysis of gross undiscounted contractual cash flows payable under financial liabilities. The analysis has been 
prepared on the basis of the earliest date at which contractual repayments may take place. This includes consideration of where 
the Group has the contractual right to call, irrespective of whether any decision to call has been made. 

30 June 2018
Non-derivative liabilities
Amounts due to banks
Customers' accounts
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Subordinated notes
Unrecognised loan commitments

Payable on 
demand 
 £m 

Up to 3 
months
 £m 

3 to 12
months 
 £m 

1 to 5 
years
 £m 

More than 
5 years
 £m 

5.8
1,965.0 
9.9
– 
–
442.8
2,423.5

0.3
2,614.5 
11.4
8.6 
–
–
2,634.8

0.7
2,186.0 
–
71.6 
5.1
–
2,263.4 

1,672.0
1,112.3 
–
– 
72.8
–
 2,857.1 

–
– 
–
– 
–
–
–

Total
 £m 

1,678.8 
7,877.8 
21.3 
80.2 
77.9
442.8 
10,178.8

Derivative liabilities
Derivatives held for risk management settled net
Derivatives held for risk management settled 
gross:
Amounts received
Amount paid

(1.2)

(2.0)

(5.5)

(7.6)

(0.8)

(17.1)

7.5 
(7.5)
(1.2)

– 
– 
(2.0)

– 
– 
(5.5)

– 
– 
(7.6)

– 
– 
(0.8)

7.5 
(7.5)
(17.1)

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix58

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Interest rate and market risk
continued

31 December 2016
Non-derivative liabilities
Amounts due to banks
Customers' accounts
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Subordinated notes
Unrecognised loan commitments

Derivative liabilities
Derivatives held for risk management 
settled net
Derivatives held for risk management 
settled gross:
Amounts received
Amount paid

3 to 12
months 
 £m 

1 to 5 
years
 £m 

More than 
5 years
 £m 

Payable on 
demand 
 £m 

312.2
2,041.0
9.7
–
–
968.8
3,331.7

Up to 3 
months
 £m 

45.4
1,099.9
11.2
10.6
5.1
–
1,172.2 

0.2
2,264.4
–
29.5
47.7
–
2,341.8 

396.0
1,892.1
–
118.3
75.3
–
2,481.7 

1.1

2.2

10.7

31.2

(13.1)
13.1
1.1

–
–
2.2

–
–
10.7

–
–
31.2

Total
 £m 

753.8 
7,298.4 
20.9 
158.4
128.1
968.8 
9,328.4 

47.5 

(13.1) 
13.1 
47.5

–
1.0
–
–
–
–
1.0 

2.3

–
–
2.3

Risk managementCapital risk

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

59

Capital risk is the risk that the Group has insufficient capital to cover regulatory requirements and / or support its growth plans.

The Group operated in line with its capital risk appetite as set by the Board and above its regulatory capital requirements 
throughout the periods ended 30 June 2018 and 31 December 2016.

Our capital resources as at the period end were as follows:

Common Equity Tier 1

Share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Available for sale reserve 

Retained earnings

Less: prudential valuation adjustment

Less: intangible assets

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1)

Additional Tier 1

Additional Tier 1 - contingent convertible securities

Total Tier 1 capital

Tier 2 capital

Subordinated notes

Collective impairment allowance

Total Tier 2 capital

Total capital resources
Risk weighted assets – Pillar 11

Capital ratios1
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio

Tier 1 capital ratio

Total capital ratio

Leverage ratio (%)

1  Risk weighted assets, and the capital ratios are not covered by the external auditor's opinion.

Reconciliation of equity per statement of financial position to capital resources

Equity per statement of financial position

Regulatory adjustments

Add: subordinated notes

Add: collective impairment allowance

Less: prudential valuation adjustment

Less: intangible assets 

Total capital resources

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

34.9

74.4

0.1

1.1

573.5 

– 

(14.4)

669.6 

34.5

73.4

0.1

1.8

442.2

(0.1)

(26.1)

525.8

74.0

743.6 

74.0

599.8

60.0

17.4

77.4

100.0

13.1

113.1

821.0 

5,441.2

712.9

4,576.1

12.3%

13.7%

15.1%

11.5%

13.1%

15.6%

7.0

7.0

30 June
2018
£m

758.0 

60.0 

17.4 

– 

(14.4)

821.0 

31 December 
2016
£m

626.0

100.0

13.1

(0.1)

(26.1)

712.9

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix 
Financial 
statements

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

Independent auditor’s report 

Consolidated financial statements 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

The Company financial statements 

Notes to the Company financial statements 

61

62

69

74

120

123

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

61

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
in respect of the Report and Accounts  
and the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Report and Accounts and the Group and parent company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and 
applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements on the same basis.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the 
Group and parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

•  properly select and apply accounting policies;

•  present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 

understandable information; 

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to 

understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity's financial position and financial 
performance; and

•  make an assessment of the company's ability to continue as a going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent 
company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and 
enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They have general responsibility for 
taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and 
other irregularities. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for preparing a strategic report, Directors’ Report 
and corporate governance statement that complies with that law and those regulations. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of the Directors in respect of the annual financial report
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole; and

•  the strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the issuer 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face.

Phillip Monks,

Chief Executive Officer

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix62

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Independent auditor’s report  
to the members of Aldermore Group PLC

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

•  the financial statements of Aldermore Group PLC (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) give a true and fair 
view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 30 June 2018 and of the Group’s profit for the period 
then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 

(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 

Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 

the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

•  the consolidated income statement;

•  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;

•  the consolidated and parent company statements of financial position;

•  the consolidated and parent company statements of cash flows;

•  the consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity;

•  the related Group notes 1 to 41;

•  the related company notes 1 to 16.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 
We confirm that the non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group or the 
parent company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

63

Summary of our audit approach
Key audit matters
The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:

•  Loan loss impairment for loans and advances to customers

•  Effective interest rate income recognition

These key audit matters identified were consistent with the prior year.

Materiality
The materiality that we used for the Group financial statements was £10 million which was determined on the basis of 5% of 
forecast profit before tax.

Scoping
•  Our Group audit focused on Aldermore Group PLC and its significant subsidiary, Aldermore Bank PLC. Our audit of financial 

information for these two entities provided us with coverage of all material balances as measured by revenue, profit before tax 
and total assets.

Significant changes in our approach
This is our first year as the Group’s external auditor and there were no significant changes in the approach. 

Conclusions relating to going concern

Going concern
We are required by ISAs (UK) to report in respect of the following matters where:
•  the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in preparation of the financial statements is not 

appropriate; or 

•  the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt about the group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis 
of accounting for a period of at least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are authorised 
for issue.

We have nothing to 
report in respect of 
these matters.

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix64

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Independent auditor’s report  
to the members of Aldermore Group PLC
continued

Loan loss provisions 

Key audit matter 
description

How the scope of our 
audit responded to the 
key audit matter

Key observations

As detailed in note 3, critical accounting estimates and judgements on page 88, the determination of loan impairment 
provisions is inherently judgemental and relies on management’s best estimate of a variety of inputs. Given the size of 
Aldermore’s loan book relative to the rest of the balance sheet and the impact these provisions can have on results, we 
considered this a key audit matter.
Estimates, by their nature, give rise to a higher risk of material misstatement due to error or fraud. 
Loan impairment provisions of £25.2 million represented approximately 0.28% of loans and advances to customers. 
The income statement charge for the period was £19.5 million.
In the collective impairment provisions we identified that the key judgement areas which could result in a material 
misstatement are the determination of probabilities of default (‘PDs’), the use of management overlays and the 
emergence periods applied in calculating the provision.
For individual loan impairment provisions there is a high level of judgement and a degree of reliance on first line 
relationship management teams in ensuring the timely identification of the more subjective indicators of impairment 
as set out in IAS 39. Therefore we identified a risk that performing loans have an IAS 39 impairment trigger that has 
not been identified by management on a timely basis. Once identified there are key judgements around the value 
of collateral and timing and extent of cashflows to recover the debt. Each of these components, if not determined 
appropriately, could result in a material misstatement in the financial statements. 
As set out on page 75 in note 1 the Group has disclosed an estimate of the impact of transition to IFRS 9. 

Our procedures included understanding and assessing the design and implementation of controls in respect of the 
Group’s loan impairment process such as the timely recognition of impairment provisions, the completeness and 
accuracy of reports used in the loan impairment process and management review processes over the calculation of 
collective and individual provisions.
For collective provisions:
•  We evaluated the methodology applied by the Group for all portfolios is compliant with the requirements of IAS 39 
and then confirmed that the calculations are performed in accordance with the approved methodology, including 
checking mathematical integrity of the workings.

•  We tested the accuracy of the key inputs used in the calculation and independently evaluated the reasonableness of 

the assumptions made.

•  Our procedures included testing the retrospective PDs validation process performed by management, including 

testing the data used in the assessment and evaluation of whether the results of validation support the 
appropriateness of the PDs at the portfolio level.

•  We examined the observed default data post year-end and compared it to PDs applied at year end to assess if there 

was an unexpected variation.

•  We challenged completeness and validity of management overlays with assistance of our credit modelling experts 
by critically evaluating the risks that have been addressed by management through overlays and also considering 
whether there are other risks not captured by the models which require additional overlays. We also tested 
management’s workings supporting the overlay quantum.

•  Our assessment of management’s emergence periods considered the Group’s recent experience of observed 

emergence periods.
For individual provisions:
•  We tested provision valuation for a sample of individual loans that had been individually provided for. This included, 
where relevant, assessing the valuation of collateral held and other key assumptions used in provision estimation 
such as the feasibility of the proposed recovery strategy. 

•  For a sample of loans where no impairment triggers were identified by management, we performed an independent 
assessment to determine whether there is any indication of impairment based on the underlying evidence including 
customer repayment.

Expected impact of IFRS 9 
In order to audit the disclosure of the IFRS 9 estimate we have: 
•  Reviewed the methodologies applied against IFRS 9,
•  Assessed the models with the help of our credit risk experts; and
•  Evaluated the key assumptions for reasonableness which include PDs, loss given default (’LGDs’), exposure at 

default (’EAD’) determined based on credit models and macroeconomic scenario forecasts. 

We also tested the data inputted into the models for completeness and accuracy. 

We determined that the provisioning methodologies used and the assumptions management have made are 
appropriate and the loan impairment provisions at year end are reasonable. We did not identify any material 
uncorrected misstatements in the collective or individual loan loss impairment allowance as at 30 June 2018.
We determined that the underlying data used in determining the IFRS 9 disclosures in the financial 
statements was appropriate.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

65

Effective interest rate 

Key audit matter 
description

How the scope of our 
audit responded to the 
key audit matter

Interest income is detailed in note 3, critical accounting estimates and judgements on page 88. The Group’s revenue 
recognition policy is detailed in note 2, significant accounting policies on page 78. The Group’s net interest income was 
£602.2 million.
Interest income on loans and advances in each portfolio is determined using the effective interest rate (“EIR”) method. 
Management’s approach to determining the interest income that should be recognised at each reporting date involves 
the use of complex models and relies on a number of key judgements and decisions about what fees and costs should 
be included in the calculation.
We have identified management’s estimate of the expected life of each loan portfolio to be the most critical judgement 
area. The determination of expected life ‘curves’ to be used in each EIR model is inherently subjective given they 
are forward-looking, and the level of judgement to be exercised by management is increased given the limited 
availability of historical repayment information. This is particularly relevant for the Group’s acquired portfolios which 
were underwritten outside of the Group’s standard processes and therefore may have different profiles than self-
originated loans.
We identify EIR as a potential fraud risk as there is an opportunity and incentive for management to manipulate the 
amount of interest income reported at year-end. 

We audited the effective interest rate models by evaluating the design and implementation of controls over the EIR 
calculation and the completeness and accuracy of the loan data used in the model. 
We reviewed management’s accounting policies to assess whether they are reasonable and in accordance with IAS 
18 ‘Revenue’ and IAS 39 ’Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. A particular focus was on the fees 
included / excluded from the EIR models.
We traced a sample of relevant loan data inputs to assess whether they have been appropriately included in the EIR 
adjustment calculation. We tested the workings supporting the repayment curves prepared by the Group including 
testing of the data used in the assessment and logic of the calculation. 
To test the mathematical integrity of management’s EIR models we independently rebuilt a sample of models in excel 
using management’s methodology.

Key observations

We determined that the effective interest rate models used and the assumptions management have made are 
appropriate and that interest income for the period is not materially misstated

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix66

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Independent auditor’s report  
to the members of Aldermore Group PLC
continued

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic 
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of 
our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

£10,000,000 (2016: £5,000,000) 

£9,900,000

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Basis for determining 
materiality

5% of forecast profit before tax (2016: the predecessor 
auditor set materiality on the basis of 3.9% of profit 
before tax).

Parent company materiality equates to 4.95% of forecast 
profit before tax and is capped at 99% of Group materiality.

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

Profit before tax was used as the basis for determining 
materiality as we believe it is the key metric used by 
members of the Group and other relevant stakeholders 
in assessing financial performance. 

Aldermore Bank plc is the main trading entity and the 
only subsidiary that we deem significant to the Group. 
The performance of the trading entity has a direct impact 
on consolidated profit before tax, which is deemed the 
key metric used in assessing performance of the Group 
and company. 

PBT
£200m

Forcast PBT

Group materiality

Group materiality
£10.0m

Component materiality
£9.9m

Audit Committee
reporting threshold
£0.5m

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £0.5 million, as 
well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit 
Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level. Our Group audit focused on Aldermore Group PLC and its only 
significant subsidiary, Aldermore Bank PLC. The Group engagement team performed an audit of financial information for these 
two entities which provided us with coverage of all material balances as measured by revenue, profit before tax and total assets. 
At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process. 

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

67

Other information 

The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in 
the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether 
there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, 
we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to 
report in respect of 
these matters.

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements 

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the strategic report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and of the parent company and their environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ Report.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix68

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Independent auditor’s report  
to the members of Aldermore Group PLC
continued

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 

We have nothing to 
report in respect of 
these matters.

been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of 
Directors’ remuneration have not been made.

We have nothing to 
report in respect of 
this matter.

Other matters
Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the shareholders of the company on 16 May 
2017 to audit the financial statements for the period ending 30 June 2018 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total 
uninterrupted engagement of the firm is one year. 

Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the audit committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee we are required to provide in accordance with 
ISAs (UK).

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed.

Manbhinder Rana FCA (Senior statutory auditor)

For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom

31 August 2018

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

69

Consolidated income statement
For the 18 month period ended 30 June 2018

Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Fee and commission income
Fee and commission expense

Net gains / (losses) from derivatives and other financial instruments at fair value 
through profit or loss
Gains on disposal of available for sale debt securities
Other operating income
Total operating income
Provisions
Transaction costs
Integration costs
Impairment of intangibles and goodwill
Other administrative expenses
Administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortisation
Operating profit before impairment losses
Share of profit of associate
Impairment losses on loans and advances to customers
Profit before taxation
Taxation
Profit after taxation - attributable to equity holders of the Group

 The notes and information on pages 74 to 119 form part of these financial statements.

 The result for the period is derived entirely from continuing activities.

Period ended 
30 June  
2018
£m
602.2
(172.2)
430.0
36.6
(11.0)

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£m
358.2 
(118.8)
239.4 
30.0 
(7.5)

1.6
1.2
9.0
467.4
(1.2)
(19.8)
(2.4)
 (14.2)
(206.9)
(244.5)
(8.4)
214.5
0.3
(19.5)
195.3
(56.7)
138.6

(4.4)
3.8 
6.2 
267.5 
(0.8)
–
– 
(4.1)
(113.1)
(118.0)
(5.3)
144.2 
–
(15.5)
128.7 
(35.2)
93.5 

Note
5
6

7
8

9

29
10
10
24
10
10
14

23
20

16

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix70

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the 18 month period ended 30 June 2018

Profit after taxation 
Other comprehensive income:
Items that may subsequently be reclassified to profit or loss:
Available for sale debt securities:
Fair value movements 
Amounts transferred to the income statement
Taxation
Total other comprehensive (expense)/income
Total comprehensive income attributable to equity holders of the Group

 The notes and information on pages 74 to 119 form part of these financial statements.

Period ended 
30 June  
2018
£m
138.6

Year ended 
31 December 
2016 
£m
93.5 

0.3
(1.2)
0.2
(0.7)
137.9

7.6 
(3.8)
(1.0)
2.8 
96.3 

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

71

Consolidated statement of financial position
As at 30 June 2018

Note

30 June  
2018
£m

31 December 
2016 
£m

17
18
19
20

22
23

24

25
26
19

27
28

29
30
31

33

35

508.8
96.6
792.3
22.7
8,990.5
(15.7)
6.3
6.3
1.7
5.1
3.7
14.4
10,432.7

1,678.2
7,776.3
16.7
0.2
23.6
34.5
5.8
1.0
77.9
60.5
9,674.7

34.9
74.4
74.0
0.1
1.1
573.5
758.0
10,432.7

116.4 
67.2 
664.5 
12.4 
7,477.3 
(3.5)
3.1 
3.4 
11.2 
–
3.1 
26.1 
8,381.2

753.8 
6,673.7 
35.8 
(1.2)
25.0 
27.0 
9.7 
0.8 
130.6 
100.0 
7,755.2 

34.5 
73.4 
74.0 
0.1 
1.8 
442.2 
626.0 
8,381.2 

Assets 
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities
Derivatives held for risk management
Loans and advances to customers
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk
Other assets
Prepayments and accrued income
Deferred taxation
Investments in associates
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Total assets

Liabilities
Amounts due to banks
Customers' accounts
Derivatives held for risk management
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk
Other liabilities
Accruals and deferred income
Current taxation
Provisions
Debt securities in issue
Subordinated notes
Total liabilities

Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Contingent convertible securities
Capital redemption reserve
Available for sale reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

The notes and information on pages 74 to 119 form part of these financial statements.

These financial statements were approved by the Board and were signed on its behalf by:

Phillip Monks 
Director   

31 August 2018 

Registered number: 06764335

James Mack 
Director

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Consolidated statement of cash flows 
For the period ended 30 June 2018

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before taxation
Adjustments for non-cash items and other adjustments included within the income 
statement
Increase in operating assets
Increase in operating liabilities
Income tax paid
Net cash flows generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of debt securities
Proceeds from sale and maturity of debt securities
Capital repayments of debt securities
Interest received on debt securities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Purchase of shares in associate
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from exercise of share options
Proceeds from the issue of subordinated debt
Issuance costs of subordinated debt
Repayment of subordinated debt
Capital repayments on debt securities issued
Purchase of own shares by Employee Benefit Trust
Coupon paid on contingent convertible securities
Interest paid on debt securities issued
Interest paid on subordinated notes
Net cash used in financing activities

Note

36
36
36

Period ended 
30 June  
2018
£m

Year ended
31 December 
2016
£m

195.3

128.7 

30.7
(1,534.1)
2,015.6
(44.9)
662.6

11.3 
(1,332.8)
1,284.5 
(31.5)
60.2 

(703.7)
316.0
250.8
15.3
(11.6)
(3.8)
(137.0)

1.0
–
–
(40.0)
(53.1)
–
(17.8)
(1.7)
(10.2)
(121.8)

(298.4)
161.7 
87.5 
12.9 
(11.2)
–
(47.5)

– 
60.0 
(0.6)
–
(63.6)
(0.9)
(8.9)
(2.0)
(5.2)
(21.2)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

403.8

(8.5)

Cash and cash equivalents at start of the period
Movement during the period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

36

36

140.9
403.8
544.7

149.4 
(8.5)
140.9 

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

73

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the period ended 30 June 2018

Share 
premium 
account 
£m

Contingent 
convertible 
securities 
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

Available 
for sale 
reserve 
£m

Retained 
earnings 
£m

Total 
£m

Period ended 30 June 2018
As at 1 January 2017
Profit after taxation
Other comprehensive income
Transactions with equity holders:
Share-based payments, including tax reflected 
directly in retained earnings
Exercise of share options
Coupon paid on contingent convertible securities, 
net of tax
As at 30 June 2018

Year ended 31 December 2016
As at 1 January 2016
Profit after taxation
Other comprehensive income
Share-based payments, including tax reflected 
directly in retained earnings
 Own shares adjustment
Coupon paid on contingent convertible securities, 
net of tax
As at 31 December 2016

Share 
capital 
£m

34.5
–
– 

– 
0.4

 – 
34.9

34.5 
– 
– 

 – 
 – 

Note

34
33

34
33

73.4
–
 – 

 – 
1.0

 – 
74.4

73.4 
– 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
34.5 

– 
73.4 

74.0
–
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
74.0

74.0 
– 
 – 

 – 
 – 

– 
74.0 

0.1
–
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
0.1

0.1 
– 
 – 

 – 
 – 

– 
0.1 

1.8
–
(0.7)

442.2
138.6
–

626.0
138.6
(0.7)

–
 – 

6.4
(0.4) 

6.4
1.0

 – 
1.1

(13.3)
573.5

(13.3)
758.0

(1.0)
– 
2.8 

 – 
 – 

352.6 
93.5
–

533.6 
93.5
2.8 

3.6 
(0.9)

3.6 
(0.9)

– 
1.8 

(6.6)
442.2 

(6.6)
626.0 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix74

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1 Basis of preparation
a) Accounting basis
The consolidated financial statements of Aldermore Group PLC (the “Company”) and its subsidiary undertakings (together, the 
“Group”) include its principal subsidiary, Aldermore Bank PLC (the “Bank”). 

Both the Group consolidated financial statements and the Company financial statements have been prepared and approved by 
the Directors in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (“IASB”) and as adopted by the European Union (“EU”). 

During the period ended 30 June 2018 the Group has adopted the following amendments to existing standards which were 
effective for accounting periods starting on or after 1 January 2017:

•  Amendments to IAS 7 Statements of Cash Flows. These amendments improved disclosure requirements to enable users of 

financial statements to better evaluate changes in liabilities arising from financing activities. Additional disclosures in respect 
of the movements in the liabilities that the Group classifies as held for financing are provided in Notes 32 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

•  Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes. This amendment clarifies how to account for deferred tax assets in respect of debt 

instruments measured at fair value. This amendment has no impact on these financial statements.

By including the Company financial statements, here together with the Group consolidated financial statements, the Company is 
taking advantage of the exemption in Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income statement and 
related notes that form a part of these approved financial statements. 

The principal activity of the Company is that of an investment holding company. The Company is public and limited by shares. 
The address of the Company’s registered office is: Aldermore Group PLC, Apex Plaza, 4th Floor Block D, Forbury Road, Reading, 
Berkshire, RG1 1AX. 

b) Accounting period
The Group has changed its reporting period to 30 June as a result of the acquisition by FirstRand International Guernsey Limited 
in March 2018, in order to align with their reporting period which ends on 30th June 2018. This change extends the reporting 
period of the Group to 18 months therefore the current and prior period amounts disclosed are not comparable.

c) Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries which are 
entities controlled by the Company, (jointly referred to as the Group), for the extended period 1 January 2017 to 30 June 2018. 

Control is achieved when the Group:

•  has power over the investee;

• 

is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

•  has the ability to use its power to affect returns.

If facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above, 
the Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and are deconsolidated from the date 
that control ceases. Uniform accounting policies are applied consistently across the Group. Intercompany transactions and 
balances are eliminated upon consolidation.

Securitisation vehicles
The Group has securitised certain loans and advances to customers by the transfer of the beneficial interest in such loans to 
securitisation vehicles (see Note 30). The securitisation enabled the subsequent issue of debt securities by a securitisation 
vehicle to investors who have the security of the underlying assets as collateral. The securitisation vehicles are fully consolidated 
into the Group’s accounts as the Group has control as defined above.

The transfer of the beneficial interest in these loans to the securitisation vehicle are not treated as sales by the Group. The Group 
continues to recognise these assets within its own Statement of Financial Position after the transfer as it continues to retain 
substantially all the risks and rewards from the assets.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

75

d) Going concern
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis as the Directors are satisfied that the Group has the resources 
to continue in business for the foreseeable future (which has been taken as 12 months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements). In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and 
future conditions, including the current state of the statement of financial position, future projections of profitability, cash flows 
and capital resources and the longer-term strategy of the business. The Group’s capital and liquidity plans, including stress 
tests, have been reviewed by the Directors. The Group’s forecasts and projections, including a range of stressed scenarios, 
show that it will be able to operate with adequate levels of both liquidity and capital for the foreseeable future. After making due 
enquiries, the Directors believe that the Group has sufficient resources to continue its activities for the foreseeable future and to 
continue its planned expansion. Additionally, the Group has sufficient capital to enable it to continue to meet its regulatory capital 
requirements as set out by the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”).

e) Basis of measurement
The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in the 
financial statements:

•  derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value through profit or loss;

•  available for sale debt securities are valued at fair value through other comprehensive income; and

•  fair value adjustments for portfolios of financial assets and financial liabilities designated as hedged items in qualifying 
fair value hedge relationships, which reflect changes in fair value attributable to the risk being hedged and are reflected 
through profit or loss in order to match the gains or losses arising on the derivative financial contracts that qualify as 
hedging instruments. 

f) Use of estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the 
application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

Information about areas of estimation, uncertainty and critical judgements in applying accounting policies that have the most 
significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements are included in Note 3.

g) Presentation of risk and capital disclosures
The disclosures required under IFRS 7: ”Financial instruments: disclosures” and IAS 1: "Presentation of financial statements" 
have been included within the audited sections of the Risk Report on page 38. Where information is marked as audited, it is 
incorporated into these financial statements by this cross reference and it is covered by the Independent Auditor’s report on 
page 68.

h) Standards and interpretation issued not yet effective
IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’: effective from 1 July 2018
IFRS 9 replaces IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and the revised requirements specifically deal with 
the classification and measurement of financial instruments, the measurement of impairment losses based on an expected credit 
loss model and includes revised requirements relating to hedge accounting. 

The Group has elected not to restate its comparative information included in the annual financial statements for the year 
ending 30 June 2019. Instead, an adjustment will be reflected in opening reserves at the start of the year ending 30 June 2019. 
The amendments made by IFRS 9 to the disclosure requirements of IFRS 7 will also be prospectively applied by the Group. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix76

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

1 Basis of preparation continued
Classification and measurement
The classification of financial assets will be based on the objectives of the Group’s business model and the contractual cash flow 
characteristics of the instruments. Financial assets will then be classified as held at amortised cost, at fair value through other 
comprehensive income (FVOCI), or at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL). In most instances, the measurement outcomes for 
the Group will be similar to those under IAS 39 and therefore, any changes from the accounting treatment currently followed by 
the Group under IAS 39 are not expected to be significant. The classification of financial liabilities is essentially unchanged from 
the treatment under IAS 39. 

Hedge accounting
The hedge accounting requirements of IFRS 9 are designed to create a stronger link with financial risk management. At present, 
IFRS 9 does not address the portfolio hedging of interest rate risk currently undertaken by the Group. Pending development 
of the IASB’s proposals for dynamic risk management (macro hedge accounting), to be considered in a separate accounting 
standard, IFRS 9 allows the option to continue to apply the existing hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39. The Group plans to 
exercise the accounting policy choice to continue IAS 39 hedge accounting, and consequently no impact is anticipated from the 
implementation of IFRS 9. 

Impairment – Expected Credit Losses
Impairment provisions on all financial assets are recognised based on either 12 month expected losses or lifetime expected 
losses. This will result in the acceleration of the recognition of impairment provisions and will lead to the reflection of more pro-
cyclical impairment charges in the income statement. However, whilst IFRS 9 represents a significant change compared to IAS 39, 
the quantum of impairment losses recorded against any one loan over the life of the loan will not change as IFRS 9 alters only the 
timing of recognition of impairment losses.

IFRS 9 introduces a number of changes to approach as compared to the current methodology under IAS 39. The main 
changes are:

•  expected credit losses (ECL) are based on an assessment of the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and 

exposure at default (EAD) discounted to give a net present value. The estimation of ECL should be unbiased and probability 
weighted to reflect a range of possible outcomes taking into account all reasonable and supportable information including 
forward-looking economic assumptions;

•  on initial recognition, and for financial assets where there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since the date of 

origination(Stage 1 loans), IFRS 9 provisions will be made to reflect ECL arising from expected credit default events within the 
next 12 months;

•  a key requirement of IFRS 9, compared with the existing impairment approach under IAS 39, relates to assets where there has 

been a significant increase in credit risk since the date of origination (Stage 2 loans). Provisions will be made for those assets for 
the asset’s lifetime ECL;

•  for assets where there is evidence of credit impairment (Stage 3 loans), provisions will be made under IFRS 9 for lifetime ECL, 

Under IAS 39, provisions are currently based on the asset’s carrying value and the present value of the estimated future 
cash flows; 

• 

• 

Interest is recognised on an Effective Interest Rate basis on the gross balance outstanding for Stage 1 and 2 loans, and on the 
balance outstanding net of impairment provisions for Stage 3 loans; and

IFRS 9 also requires expected credit losses to be calculated for off-balance sheet exposures such as undrawn amounts, loan 
commitments and financial guarantees. IAS 39 did not apply to these off-balance-sheet exposures, apart from cases where 
impairment had already occurred. 

Key accounting judgements and estimates 
In respect of the calculation of impairment provisions, IFRS 9 requires management to make significant accounting judgements 
and estimates with regard to the application of the standard, details of which are provided below:

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

77

Key inputs into ECL calculations 
The Group has developed a range of models tailored for the different types of lending undertaken by the Group, which calculate 
12 month PD’s, Lifetime PDs, LGDs and EADs, the outputs from which are then used to calculate the ECLs to be recognised under 
IFRS 9. Key inputs into these models include the following:

PD Models: these utilise internal and external credit agency data, supplemented by expert judgement where data is limited, which 
is used to assess the likelihood of a default event occurring within the next 12 months. Lifetime PDs are also modelled for each 
loan exposure, these estimates are largely based on the 12 month PDs, observed marginal default rates and the definition of 
default being used.

LGD Models: these make use of historic data regarding losses experienced and cure rates on defaulted loans, but given the low 
number of cases to date this has been supplemented by expert judgement.

EAD Models: key inputs to these models are observed prepayment rates on loan exposures and the definition of default 
being used.

Significant increase in credit risk (SICR) 
The Group has defined SICR, which results in an exposure being moved from Stage 1 to Stage 2 and recognition of lifetime ECLs, in 
the following hierarchical order:

•  the exposure becomes 30 days past due;

•  there is significant change in default risk since initial recognition measured by a change in PD. The Group has used the change in 

12 month PD, as permitted by IFRS 9, as a proxy for lifetime PD; and 

•  qualitative indicators, such as inclusion on a watch list or the exposure being subject to forbearance ,consistent with the 
“Guidance on credit risk and accounting for expected losses” issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.

If any of the above criteria are met then an exposure is considered to have experienced a SICR.

Definition of default
The Group has identified certain quantitative and qualitative criteria to be considered in determining when an exposure is in 
default and should therefore be moved into Stage 3, these include the following:

•  the exposure becomes 90 days past due. IFRS 9 allows this assumption to be rebutted, but at present the Group has not done 

so; and

•  qualitative criteria, which vary according to the type of lending being undertaken, but include indicators such as bankruptcies, 

Individual Voluntary Arrangements and permanent forbearance.

The definitions being used have been aligned with those used for regulatory reporting purposes.

Forward looking macroeconomic scenarios
IFRS 9 requires ECLs and SICR to be take into account forecasts of future economic conditions in addition to current conditions. 
The Group has developed a macroeconomic model which adjusts the ECLs calculated by the credit models to provide probability 
weighted numbers based on a number of forward macroeconomic scenarios. The Group sources its forward economic scenarios 
and probability weightings from an external provider. The Group is able by exception and with sufficient rationale to reject 
scenarios or adjust scenario weightings. 

Implementation and governance of the IFRS 9 programme
The Group has managed the implementation of IFRS 9 through a delivery programme designed to ensure compliance with 
accounting and regulatory guidance. The programme was jointly sponsored by the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Risk Officer. 
The programme was cross functional with involvement from (but not limited to) Finance, Risk and IT. Progress was monitored on 
a regular basis. 

The models developed have been subject to both internal and external challenge and review and have been reviewed and 
approved at Model Technical Forum and Model Management Committee as per the Aldermore Model Management Framework.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix78

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

1. Basis of preparation continued
Impact of transition to IFRS 9
The revised impairment models are expected to result in an overall increase of impairment provisions on the statement of 
financial position, impacting opening retained earnings for the year ending 30 June 2019. Any impact on the remeasurement of 
financial assets and liabilities as a result of the classification and measurement changes noted above is not expected to result 
in a significant adjustment to retained earnings. These impairment adjustments, on transition as at 1 July 2018, are expected 
to increase balance sheet provisions by approximately £10 million, and reduce retained earnings (post tax) by approximately 
£8 million. The Group has elected to phase in the impact of the incremental IFRS 9 provisions over a five year period in line with 
the December 2017 amendment to the CRR issued by the European Commission for capital purposes. As at 1 July 2018, only 5% of 
the transition impact will be reflected in the CET 1 ratio for regulatory reporting purposes. The impact of implementing IFRS 9 has 
been considered in the Group’s capital planning.

IFRS 15: “Revenue from contracts with customers” was endorsed by the EU on 29 October 2016 and will be effective for annual 
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018 with retrospective application permitted. Due to the extension of the 
current financial year end to 30 June 2018, the Group will adopt IFRS 15 from 1 July 2018. It provides a principles-based approach 
to recognise revenue and the concept of recognising revenue for obligations as they are satisfied. The Group has determined that 
the impact on retained earnings is immaterial on adoption as most revenue streams either fall under IFRS 9 or the approach to 
revenue recognition does not change following adoption of IFRS 15.

IFRS 16: “Leases” was endorsed by the EU on 9 November 2017, as a replacement for IAS 17: “Leases”. The Standard will be 
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019, with early application being permitted for companies 
that also apply IFRS 15. Due to the extension of the current financial year end to 30 June 2018, the Group will adopt IFRS 16 from 
1 July 2019. The impact on the Group is the inclusion of a “right of use asset” within the statement of financial position, in respect 
of the benefit the Group receives where it leases assets under operating leases, together with a financial liability in respect of the 
obligation to make operating lease payments. Within the income statement, an operating charge will be reflected in respect of the 
use of the asset together, with interest expense in relation to the financing, replacing the current operating lease charges included 
in administrative expenses. The Group has determined that the impact on the income statement is expected to be immaterial.

2. Significant accounting policies
(a) Interest income and expense
Interest income and expense are recognised in the income statement on an effective interest rate (“EIR”) basis. The EIR is the rate that, 
at the inception of the financial asset or liability, exactly discounts expected future cash payments and receipts over the expected life of 
the instrument back to the initial carrying amount. When calculating the EIR, the Group estimates cashflows considering all contractual 
terms of the instrument (for example, prepayment options) but does not consider the assets’ future credit losses.

At each reporting date, management makes an assessment of the expected remaining life of its financial assets, including any acquired 
loan portfolios, and where there is a change in those assessments, the remaining amount of any unamortised discount or premiums 
is adjusted so that the interest income continues to be recognised prospectively on the amortised cost of the financial asset at the 
original EIR. The adjustment is recognised within interest income in the income statement for the current period.

The calculation of the EIR includes all transaction costs and fees, paid or received, that are an integral part of the interest rate 
together with the discounts or premium arising on the acquisition of loan portfolios. Transaction costs include incremental costs 
that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of a financial asset or liability.

Interest income and expense presented in the income statement includes:

• 

• 

• 

interest on financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost calculated on an EIR basis;

interest on available for sale debt securities calculated on an EIR basis;

interest income recognised on finance leases where the Group acts as the lessor (see Note 2(o));

•  the effective portion of fair value changes in qualifying hedging derivatives designated in fair value hedges of interest rate risk 

together with changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk;

• 

interest income on financial assets designated at fair value so as to avoid an accounting mismatch with derivatives held as an 
“economic” hedge and the matching interest component of the derivative; and.

• 

interest income charged to Invoice Finance clients each day on the balance of their outstanding loans on an EIR basis.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

79

(b) Fee and commissions and other operating income
i. Fee and commission income
Fee and commission income includes fees relating to services provided to customers which do not meet the criteria for inclusion 
within interest income.

Within the Invoice Finance segment of the Group, customers are charged a factoring fee for managing their sales ledgers. This fee 
is recognised within fee and commissions income over the period in which the ledger management service is provided. 

Other fee and commission income includes fees charged for mortgage services, arrears and insurance commission receivable. 
Fee income is recognised as the related services are performed.

Arrangement fees and other fees relating to loans and advances which meet the criteria for inclusion within interest income are 
included as part of the EIR.

ii. Fee and commission expense
Fee and commission expense predominantly consists of introducer commissions, legal and valuation fees and company search 
fees. Where these fees and commissions are incremental costs that are directly attributable to the issue of a financial instrument, 
they are included in interest income as part of the EIR calculation. Where they are not incremental costs that are directly 
attributable, they are recognised within fee and commission expense as the services are received.

iii. Other operating income
Other operating income predominantly arises from the provision of Invoice Finance services and includes disbursements and 
collect out income. This income is recognised within other operating income when the service is provided.

(c) Net gains / (losses) from derivatives and other financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
Net income from derivatives and other financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss relates to non-trading derivatives 
held for risk management purposes that do not form part of a qualifying hedging arrangement and financial assets designated 
at fair value through profit or loss. It includes all realised and unrealised fair value changes, interest and foreign exchange 
differences with the exception of interest income on financial assets designated at fair value and the matching interest 
component of the hedging derivatives. The assets designated at fair value are treated in this manner so as to avoid an accounting 
mismatch with derivatives held as an “economic” hedge.

(d) Financial instruments - recognition and derecognition
i. Recognition
The Group initially recognises loans and advances, amounts due to banks, customer accounts and subordinated notes issued on 
the date that they are originated.

Regular way purchases and sales of debt securities and derivatives are recognised on the trade date at which the Group commits 
to purchase or sell the asset. All other financial assets and liabilities are initially recognised on the trade date at which the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

ii. Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognised when there are qualifying transfers and:

•  the rights to receive cash flows from the assets have ceased; or

•  the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the assets.

When a financial asset is derecognised in its entirety, the difference between the carrying amount, the sum of the consideration 
received (including any new asset obtained less any new liability assumed), and any cumulative gain or loss that had been 
recognised in other comprehensive income is recognised in the income statement.

When available for sale financial assets are derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss, including that previously recognised in 
reserves, is recognised in the income statement.

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Any difference between the carrying 
amount of a financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid is recognised through the income statement.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix80

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

2. Significant accounting policies continued
iii. Term Funding Scheme (“TFS”)
Loans and advances over which the Group transfers its rights to the collateral thereon to the Bank of England under the TFS are 
not derecognised from the statement of financial position as the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership 
including all cash flows arising from the loans and advances and exposure to credit risk. The cash received against the transferred 
assets is recognised as an asset within the statement of financial position with the corresponding obligation to return it recognised 
as a liability at amortised cost within ‘Amounts due to banks’. Interest is accrued over the life of the agreement on an EIR basis.

(e) Financial assets 
i. Overview
The Group classifies its financial assets (excluding derivatives) as either:

• 

loans and receivables; or

•  available for sale.

ii. Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market and that the Group does not intend to sell immediately or in the near term. These are initially measured at fair value plus 
transaction costs that are directly attributable to the financial asset. Subsequently, these are measured at amortised cost 
using the EIR method. The amortised cost is the amount advanced less principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative 
amortisation using the EIR method of any difference between the amount advanced and the maturity amount, less impairment 
provisions for incurred losses. Loans and receivables mainly comprise loans and advances to customers and banks.

iii. Available for sale
Available for sale financial assets are debt securities that are not held for trading and are intended to be held for an indefinite 
period of time. These are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the financial 
asset. Subsequently, they are measured at fair value based on current quoted bid prices in active markets for identical assets 
that the Group can access at the reporting date. Where there is no active market, or the debt securities are unlisted, the fair 
values are based on valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analysis, with reference to relevant market rates, 
and other commonly used valuation techniques. Interest income is recognised in the income statement using the EIR method. 
Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement. Other fair value changes are recognised in other comprehensive 
income and presented in the available for sale reserve in equity. On disposal, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is reclassified 
to the income statement.

(f) Financial liabilities
i. Overview
Financial liabilities are contractual obligations to deliver cash or another financial asset. Financial liabilities are recognised initially 
at fair value, net of directly attributable transaction costs for financial liabilities other than derivatives. Financial liabilities, other 
than derivatives, are subsequently measured at amortised cost.

ii. Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Financial liabilities at amortised cost are recognised initially at fair value, which equates to issue proceeds net of transaction costs 
incurred. They are subsequently stated at amortised cost. Any difference between proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the 
redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the EIR method.

iii. Subordinated notes
Subordinated notes issued by the Group are assessed as to whether they should be treated as equity or financial liabilities. 
Where there is a contractual obligation to deliver cash or other financial assets, they are treated as a financial liability and 
measured at amortised cost using the EIR method after taking account of any discount or premium on the issue and directly 
attributable costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The amount of any discount or premium is amortised over the period to the 
expected call date of the instrument. 

All subordinated notes issued by the Group are classified as financial liabilities. 

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

81

(g) Impairment-financial assets
i. Assessment
At each reporting date, the Group assesses its financial assets not at fair value through profit or loss as to whether there is 
objective evidence that the assets are impaired. Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired may include:

•  significant financial difficulty of the borrower;

•  a breach of contract such as default or delinquency in interest or principal repayments;

•  the granting of a concession for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial condition that the Group would 

not otherwise grant;

• 

indications that a borrower or issuer will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation;

•  the disappearance of an active market for a debt security because of the issuer’s financial difficulties; or

•  national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults within groups of financial assets e.g. increases in 

unemployment rates or decreases in property prices relating to the collateral held.

The Group considers evidence for the impairment of loans and advances at both the individual asset and collective level. In certain 
cases, where a borrower is experiencing significant financial distress, the Group may use forbearance measures to assist them 
and mitigate against default. Any forbearance measures agreed are assessed on a case by case basis.

ii. Scope
The Group considers evidence of impairment of financial assets at both an individual asset and collective level.

Individual impairment
All individually significant financial assets are assessed for individual impairment using a range of risk criteria. Those found not to 
be individually impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified.

Assets may be considered to be individually impaired where they meet one or more of the following criteria:

•  a default position equivalent to three or more missed monthly repayments (or a quarterly payment which is more than 30 days 

past due);

• 

litigation proceedings have commenced;

•  act of insolvency, e.g. bankruptcy, administration or liquidation, or appointment of an LPA Receiver;

• 

invoice finance accounts where there is cessation of additional advances and/or when the facility is in collect out; or

•  where there is evidence of fraud.

Collective impairment
All financial assets that are not found to be individually impaired are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping together 
financial assets with similar risk characteristics.

iii. Measurement
Impairment provisions on financial assets individually identified as impaired are calculated as the difference between the carrying 
amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original EIR.

When assessing collective impairment, the Group estimates incurred losses using a statistical model which multiplies the 
probability of default (“PD”) for each class of customer (using external credit rating information) by the loss given default 
(“LGD”) multiplied by the estimated exposure at default (“EaD”) to arrive at the projected expected loss. An emergence period is 
subsequently applied to the projected expected loss to determine the estimated level of incurred losses at each reporting date. 
In addition, an adjustment is made to discount the imputed cash flows from the model at the assets’ original EIR to arrive at the 
recorded collective provisions. The model’s results are adjusted for management’s judgement as to whether current economic 
and credit conditions are such that actual losses are likely to differ from those suggested by historical modelling.

Impairment losses are recognised immediately in the income statement and a corresponding reduction in the value of the 
financial asset is recognised through the use of an allowance account.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix82

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

2. Significant accounting policies continued 
A write-off is made when all or part of a financial asset is deemed uncollectable or forgiven after all collection procedures have been 
completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Write-offs are charged against amounts previously reflected in the 
allowance account or directly to the income statement. Any additional amounts recovered after a financial asset has been previously 
written-off are offset against the write-off charge in the income statement. Allowances for impairment losses are released at the 
point when it is deemed that, following a subsequent event, the risk has reduced such that an allowance is no longer required.

Interest on impaired financial assets is recognised at the same EIR as applied at the initial recognition of the financial asset but 
applied to the book value of the financial asset net of any individual impairment allowance.

iv. Impairment of financial assets classified as available for sale
Impairment losses on available for sale debt securities are recognised by reclassifying the losses accumulated in the available for 
sale reserve in equity to the income statement. The cumulative loss that is reclassified from equity to the income statement is 
the difference between the acquisition cost, net of any principal repayment and amortisation, and the current fair value less any 
impairment loss recognised previously in the income statement. Changes in impairment provisions attributable to the effective 
interest method are reflected as a component of interest income.

If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of an impaired available for sale debt security increases, and the increase can be related 
objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised, then the impairment loss is reversed.

(h) Financial instruments-fair value measurement
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date in the principal market, or in its absence, the most advantageous market to which 
the Group has access at that date. The fair value of a liability reflects its non-performance risk.

Where applicable, the Group measures the fair value of an instrument using the quoted price in an active market for that 
instrument. A market is regarded as active if transactions for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and 
volume to provide pricing on an ongoing basis.

Where there is no quoted price in an active market, the Group uses valuation techniques that maximise the use of relevant 
observable inputs and minimises the use of unobservable inputs. The chosen valuation techniques incorporate factors that 
market participants would take into account in pricing a transaction.

The best evidence of fair value of a financial instrument at initial recognition is normally the transaction price. If an asset measured at 
fair value has a bid and an offer price, the Group measures assets and long positions at the bid price and liabilities at the offer price.

(i) Derivative financial instruments
The Group enters into derivative transactions only for the purpose of reducing exposures to fluctuations in interest rates, 
exchange rates and market indices; they are not used for proprietary trading purposes.

Derivatives are carried at fair value with movements in fair values recorded in the income statement. Derivative financial 
instruments are principally valued by discounted cash flow models using yield curves that are based on observable market data 
or are based on valuations obtained from counterparties. As the Group’s derivatives are covered by master netting agreements 
with the Group’s counterparties, with any net exposures then being further covered by the payment or receipt of periodic cash 
margins, the Group has used a risk-free discount rate for the determination of their fair values.

All derivatives are classified as assets where their fair value is positive and liabilities where their fair value is negative. 
Where there is the current legal ability and intention to settle net, then the derivative is classified as a net asset or liability, as 
appropriate. Where cash collateral is received, to mitigate the risk inherent in amounts due to the Group, it is included as a liability 
within ‘Amounts due to banks’. Where cash collateral is given, to mitigate the risk inherent in amounts due from the Group, it is 
included as an asset in ‘Loans and advances to banks’.

(j) Hedge accounting
The Group designates certain derivatives held for risk management as hedging instruments in qualifying hedging relationships. 
On initial designation of the hedge, the Group formally documents the relationship between the hedging instruments and hedged 
items, including the risk management objective, the strategy in undertaking the hedge and the method that will be used to assess 
the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Group makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship, as 
well as on an ongoing basis, as to whether the hedging instruments are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes 
in the fair value of the respective hedged items during the period for which the hedge is designated.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

83

i. Fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk
The Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk. As part of its risk management process, 
the Group identifies portfolios whose interest rate risk it wishes to hedge. The portfolios comprise either only assets or only 
liabilities. The Group analyses each portfolio into repricing time periods based on expected repricing dates, by scheduling cash 
flows into the periods in which they are expected to occur. Using this analysis, the Group designates as the hedged item an 
amount of the assets or liabilities from each portfolio that it wishes to hedge.

The Group measures monthly the change in fair value of the portfolio relating to the interest rate risk that is being hedged. 
Provided that the hedge has been highly effective, the Group recognises the change in fair value of each hedged item in the 
income statement with the cumulative movement in their value being shown on the statement of financial position as a separate 
item, ‘Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk’, either within assets or liabilities as appropriate. This amount is amortised 
on a straight line basis to the income statement over the remaining average life of the original hedge relationship from the month 
in which it is first recognised.

The Group measures the fair value of each hedging instrument monthly. The value is included in derivatives held for risk 
management in either assets or liabilities as appropriate, with the change in value recorded in the income statement. Any hedge 
ineffectiveness is recognised in the income statement as the difference between the change in fair value of the hedged item and 
the change in fair value of the hedging instrument.

(k) Embedded derivatives
A derivative may be embedded in another instrument, known as the host contract. Where the economic characteristics and risks 
of an embedded derivative are not closely related to those of the host contract, (and the host contract is not carried at fair value 
through profit or loss), the embedded derivative is separated from the host and held on the statement of financial position with 
‘Derivatives held for risk management’ at fair value. Movements in fair value are recognised in the income statement, whilst the 
host contract is accounted for according to the relevant accounting policy for that particular asset or liability. 

Embedded derivatives contained within equity instruments are considered separately. The embedded derivative on the 
contingent convertible securities is not separated as the Group has an accounting policy not to separate a feature that has 
already been considered in determining that the entire issue is a non-derivative equity instrument. 

(l) Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, or deemed cost on transition to IFRSs, less accumulated depreciation 
and any provision for impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset or costs 
incurred in bringing the asset in to use. Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment at rates calculated to write 
off the cost of each asset to realisable values on a straight line basis over its expected useful life, as follows:

•  Fixtures, fittings and equipment 

five years

•  Computer hardware 

one to five years

Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalised as part of that equipment. The PPE 
note has been removed from these financial statements as both the assets held and depreciation charged for the period are no 
longer material for the Group.

(m) Intangible assets
i. Goodwill
Goodwill is stated at deemed cost upon transition to IFRSs less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised but 
is tested for impairment on an annual basis. Where impairment is required, the amount is recognised in the income statement and 
cannot be subsequently reversed.

ii. Computer systems
Software acquired by the Group is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

Expenditure on internally developed software is recognised as an asset when the Group is able to demonstrate its intention 
and ability to complete the development and use the software in a manner that will generate future economic benefits and can 
reliably measure the costs to complete the development. The capitalised costs of internally developed software include all costs 
directly attributable to developing the software and are amortised over its useful life. Internally developed software is stated at 
capitalised cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix 
84

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

2. Significant accounting policies continued 
Software is amortised on a straight line basis in the income statement over its useful life from the date that it is available for use. 
As required by IAS 38 a review was undertaken of the estimated useful lives of software during the period and as a result useful 
lives were reassessed from one to five years, to one to three years. This change in accounting estimate has been applied in order 
to more accurately reflect the useful life of the IT software. This change in accounting estimate has been applied prospectively 
from 1 April 2018. The impact of this change was to increase the amortisation charge reflected in the profit and loss for the period 
by £0.2 million. 

(n) Impairment of non financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, i.e. goodwill and other intangible assets, are reviewed at least annually 
to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the assets recoverable amount 
is estimated.

i. Goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to operating 
segments. An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of a segment is less than its recoverable amount. 
The recoverable amount of a segment is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is calculated 
from forecasts by management of post-tax profits for the subsequent five years and a residual value discounted at a risk 
adjusted interest rate appropriate to the cash generating unit. Fair value is determined through review of precedent transactions 
for comparable businesses.

Where impairment is required, the amount is recognised in the income statement and cannot be subsequently reversed.

ii. Other intangible assets
If impairment is indicated, the asset’s recoverable amount, being the greater of value in use and fair value less costs to sell, is 
estimated. If the carrying value of the asset is greater than the greater of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell, 
an impairment loss is recognised in the income statement. During the period a number of intangible assets were identified as 
no longer fulfilling any ongoing economic benefit. As such it was deemed appropriate to fully impair these intangible assets, 
resulting in an impairment charge to the income statement for the period ending 30 June 2018 which is disclosed in note 24.

An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that 
would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.

(o) Assets leased to customers
Leases of assets to customers are finance leases as defined by IAS 17. When assets are leased to customers under finance leases, 
the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the 
present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised within interest income in 
the income statement over the term of the lease using the net investment method (before tax) which reflects a constant periodic 
rate of return ignoring tax cash flows.

(p) Assets leased from third parties
Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as operating leases. 
Payments made under operating leases, net of any incentives received from the lessor, are charged to the income statement, 
within administrative expenses or staff costs (in the case of company cars), on a straight line basis over the period of the lease. 
The Group holds no assets under finance leases.

(q) Provisions
A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be 
estimated reliably and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. 

The Group has an obligation to contribute to the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (“FSCS”) to enable the FSCS to meet 
compensation claims from, in particular, retail depositors of failed banks. A provision is recognised to the extent it can be reliably 
estimated and from the point when the Group has an obligation in accordance with IAS 37. The amount provided is based on 
information received from the FSCS, forecast future interest rates and the Group’s historic share of industry protected deposits. 
The FSCS provision is recognised at the commencement of the scheme year in line with IFRIC 21.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

85

(r) Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded using the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets 
and liabilities held at the statement of financial position date are translated into sterling using the exchange rates ruling at the 
statement of financial position date. Exchange differences are charged or credited to the income statement.

(s) Taxation
Taxation comprises current and deferred tax and is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to 
items recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on taxable income or loss for the period, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for:

•  temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and 

that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

•  temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the 

foreseeable future; and

•  taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

The measurement of deferred tax reflects the tax consequences that would follow the manner in which the Group expects, at the 
end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. Deferred tax is measured using 
tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

(t) Pension costs
The cost of providing retirement benefits is charged to the income statement at the amount of the defined contributions payable 
for each year. Differences between contributions payable and those actually paid are shown as accruals or prepayments. 
The Group has no defined benefit pension scheme.

(u) Shareholders’ funds
i. Capital instruments
The Company classifies capital instruments as financial liabilities or equity instruments in accordance with the substance of 
the contractual terms of the instruments. Where an instrument contains no obligation on the Company to deliver cash or other 
financial assets, or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are potentially 
unfavourable to the Group, or where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments but includes 
no obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments, then it is treated as an equity instrument. 
Accordingly, the Company’s share capital and contingent convertible securities are presented as components of equity. 
Any dividends, interest or other distributions on capital instruments are also recognised in equity. Any related tax is accounted 
for in accordance with IAS 12.

ii. Share premium
Share premium is the amount by which the fair value of the consideration received exceeds the nominal value of the 
shares issued.

(v) Capital raising costs
Costs directly incremental to the raising of share capital are netted against the share premium account. Costs directly 
incremental to the raising of convertible securities included in equity are offset against the proceeds from the issue within equity.

(w) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash balances and balances with a maturity of three months or less from the acquisition 
date which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix86

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

2. Significant accounting policies continued 
(x) Investment in Group undertakings
Investments in Group undertakings are initially recognised at cost. At each reporting date, an assessment is made as to whether 
there is any indication that the investment may be impaired such that the recoverable amount is lower than the carrying value. 

(y) Share-based payment transactions
Employees, including Senior Executives, of the Group received remuneration in the form of equity settled share-based payments 
to incentivise and reward future strong, long-term business performance and growth. Following the takeover from FirstRand 
International Limited the majority of equity-settled schemes vested, with a small number of ShareSave options outstanding as 
at 30 June 2018 (see Note 34).

The grant date fair value is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in equity over the period that 
the employees become unconditionally entitled to the awards. The grant date fair value is determined using valuation models 
which take into account the terms and conditions attached to the awards. Inputs into valuation models may include the risk-free 
interest rate, the expected volatility of the Company’s share price (for awards which were granted prior to the takeover) and 
other factors related to performance conditions attached to the awards.

The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect differences between expected and actual outcomes, such that the 
amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the number of awards that meet the related service and non-market 
performance conditions at the vesting date. For share-based payment awards with market performance conditions or non-
vesting conditions, the grant date fair value of the share-based payment is measured to reflect such conditions and there is no 
true-up for differences between expected and actual outcomes.

Within the parent company standalone financial statements, the share-based payment transactions are recognised as an 
investment in Group undertakings with an associated credit to the share-based payment reserve.

(z) Investment in associates
An associate is a company over which the Group has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary undertaking nor 
an interest in a joint venture. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions 
of the investee, but is neither control nor joint control over those policies. The results and assets of associates are accounted 
for in these consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting. Investments are measured at cost, 
which includes transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Group includes its share of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income of equity-accounted investees, until the date on which significant influence ceases.

3. Use of estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial information requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the 
application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ 
from these estimates.

Estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in 
which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. The judgements and assumptions that are considered to be the 
most important to the portrayal of the Group’s financial condition are those relating to loan impairment provisions and EIR.

(a) Loan impairment provisions
Loan portfolios across all segments of the Group are reviewed on at least a monthly basis to assess for impairment. In determining 
whether an impairment provision should be recorded, judgements are made as to whether there is objective evidence that a financial 
asset or portfolio of financial assets is impaired as a result of loss events that occurred after recognition of the asset and by the 
reporting date. The calculation of impairment loss is management’s best estimate of losses incurred in the portfolio at the statement of 
financial position date and reflects expected future cash flows based on both the likelihood of a loan or advance being written-off and 
the estimated loss on such a write-off.

At 30 June 2018, gross loans and advances to customers totalled £9,015.7 million (31 December 2016: £7,504.7 million) against which 
impairment allowances of £25.2 million (31 December 2016: £27.4 million) had been made (see Note 20). The Group’s accounting policy 
for loan impairment provisions on financial assets classified as loans and receivables is described in Note 2(g). Impairment allowances 
are made up of two components, those determined individually against specific assets and those determined collectively. Of the 
impairment allowance of £25.2 million at 30 June 2018, £7.8 million (31 December 2016: £14.3 million) relates to individual provisions and 

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

87

£17.4 million (31 December 2016: £13.1 million) relates to collective provisions. The section below provides details of the critical elements 
of judgement within the loan impairment calculations. Less significant judgements are not disclosed.

i. Individual
Individual impairment allowances are established against the Group’s individual financial assets that are deemed by management 
to be impaired. The determination of individual impairment allowances requires the exercise of considerable judgement by 
management involving matters such as local economic conditions, the financial status of the customer and the realisable value of 
the security held. The actual amount of the future cash flows and their timing may differ significantly from the assumptions made 
for the purposes of determining the impairment allowances and consequently these allowances can be subject to variation as 
time progresses and the circumstances of the customer become clearer.

ii. Collective
The collective impairment allowance is also subject to estimation uncertainty and, in particular, is sensitive to changes in 
economic and credit conditions, including house prices, unemployment rates, interest rates, borrowers’ behaviour and consumer 
bankruptcy trends. All of these factors can influence the key assumptions detailed below. However, it is inherently difficult to 
estimate how changes in one or more of these factors might impact the collective impairment allowance.

The key assumptions used in the collective impairment model are: probability of default (“PD”), the loss given default (“LGD”) 
and the loss emergence period (“EP”) (the time between a trigger event occurring and the loans being identified as individually 
impaired). An additional element is included within the collective provision to reflect fraud losses that are incurred as at the 
reporting date but are yet to be individually identified. 

The Group uses two types of underlying models to calculate the LGD, depending on the availability of default data. For SME 
Commercial Mortgages, Buy-to-Let and Residential Mortgages the models use a range of key assumptions to derive an expected 
LGD. The key assumptions are based on management expertise and are validated against available data. For Asset Finance and 
Invoice Finance, the models are empirical models which use historical loss data to determine the risk drivers behind the loss. 

This allows the portfolios to be segmented into homogeneous buckets to derive an LGD. Further details in respect of assumptions 
and details of the sensitivity of the estimate to changes in significant assumptions are as follows:

Probability of default:
The PD is based on external individual customer credit rating information updated for each reporting date. This external credit 
rating information gives a PD in the next 12 months where ‘default’ is defined as loans which are two months or more in arrears 
(“2 MIA”) and incorporates credit information from a broad range of financial services products for each customer.

Management make an estimate so as to adjust the external data to reflect both the individual nature of the Group’s lending 
and the Group’s policy of classifying loans which are three months or more in arrears (“3 MIA”) as ‘impaired’. This adjustment 
is achieved by using two management assumptions: firstly a ‘conversion rate’ that reflects how many of the loans which fall 
into 2 MIA will also fall into 3 MIA; and secondly a scalar that adjusts the external PDs to reflect the individual nature of the 
Group’s lending.

•  A 10% absolute increase in the ‘conversion rate’ assumed by management between 2 MIA and 3 MIA (e.g. a PD increasing 
from 50% to 60%), when the loans are considered to be individually impaired would increase the impairment allowance by 
£0.6 million.

Loss given default:
The model calculates the LGD from the point of repossession of the asset. Not all cases that are 3 MIA will reach repossession. 
Management therefore adjust the model by applying an assumption of the percentage of accounts 3 MIA that will 
reach repossession.

•  A 10% absolute reduction in this assumption would decrease the impairment allowance by £0.7 million.

The LGD is also sensitive to the application of the House Price Index (“HPI”) and Forced Sale Discount (“FSD”) which affect the 
underlying value of the collateral which is expected to be received.

•  A 10% relative reduction in the HPI would increase the overall impairment allowance by £2.8 million.

•  A 5% absolute increase in the FSD would increase the overall impairment provision by £1.9 million.

The above assumptions are important factors when calculating the LGD to be applied for the Mortgage business. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix88

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

3. Use of estimates and judgements continued 
For the Asset Finance and Invoice Finance model, the assumption with most judgment is the absolute LGD value calculated.

•  A 10% relative increase in the LGD’s applied in Asset Finance and Invoice Finance would increase the overall impairment 

allowance by £0.7 million.

Emergence period:
The Group’s collective models estimate the expected losses for the next 12 months, these are then scaled back using the 
emergence period to reflect the level of incurred loss as at the reporting date. The emergence period is the time taken from the 
trigger event (such as a job loss) to the Group identifying the loan as impaired. The emergence period varies by segment and 
requires management to make judgements because of the limited data available. 

•  A three month increase in emergence periods for Asset Finance and Invoice Finance would increase the overall impairment 

allowance by £3.3 million.

(b) Effective interest rate (“EIR”)
IAS 39 requires interest earned from mortgages to be measured under the EIR method. Management must therefore use 
judgement to estimate the expected life of each type of instrument and hence the expected related cash flows. The accuracy of 
the EIR would therefore be affected by unexpected market movements resulting in altered customer behaviour and inaccuracies 
in the models used compared to actual outcomes.

A critical estimate in determining EIR is the expected life to maturity of the Group’s SME Commercial, Buy-to-Let and Residential 
Mortgage portfolios, as a change in these estimates will impact the period over which the directly attributable costs and fees and 
any discount received on the acquisition of mortgage portfolios are recognised as part of the EIR.

Included within the overall Mortgages book, are a small number of portfolios which were acquired by the Group and, as at 30 June 
2018, represent approximately 1.5 per cent and 2.4 per cent of Buy-to-Let and Residential Mortgages net loans respectively. 
These portfolios were acquired at a discount which is being recognised under the EIR method. As disclosed below, these 
portfolios, although representing a small proportion of overall lending, are sensitive to a change in the expected repayment 
profiles which would impact the periods over which the discount is to be unwound.

In the period ended 30 June 2018 and year ended 31 December 2016, a reassessment was made of the estimates used in 
respect of the expected lives of the SME Commercial, Buy-to-Let and Residential Mortgage portfolios and also of those for the 
Asset Finance portfolios. In addition, adjustments were made to reflect certain fees and costs within interest income as it was 
considered that such amounts were now an integral part of the effective interest rate. As a consequence, an overall adjustment 
of £8.4 million (2016: £0.5 million increase) was recorded to reduce the value of the loan portfolios and the interest income 
recognised in the current period, so that interest can continue to be recognised at the original effective interest rate over the 
remaining life of the relevant lending portfolios.

The adjustment made at the period end is analysed as follows:

Asset Finance - organic lending
SME Commercial - organic lending
Buy-to-Let - acquired portfolios
Buy-to-Let - organic lending
Residential - acquired portfolios 
Residential - organic lending

Impact on 18 
months to 
30 June 2018 
interest income
£m
3.1
1.3
(8.8)
2.2
(4.5)
(1.7)
(8.4)

Impact on 2016 
interest income 
£m
(1.8)
0.2 
(1.1)
0.1 
(0.4)
3.5 
0.5 

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

89

A change in the estimated expected lives to extend the expected lives of the SME Commercial, Buy-to-Let and Residential 
Mortgage portfolios by six months would have the effect of reducing the cumulative profit before tax recognised as at 30 June 
2018 by £3.3 million (31 December 2016: £1.4 million). Included within this sensitivity of £3.3 million, is a £1.8 million cumulative 
reduction in profit relating to acquired portfolios (31 December 2016: £3.1 million) due to a change in the unwind of the discount 
together with a £1.5 million cumulative reduction in profit relating to the organic portfolios (31 December 2016: cumulative 
increase in profit of £1.7 million).

A 0.5% increase in the rate of early redemptions, expressed as a percentage of the outstanding balance in respect of the Asset 
Finance portfolio would have the impact of reducing cumulative profit before tax recognised as at 30 June 2018 by £0.1 million 
(31 December 2016: £0.5 million).

4. Segmental information
The Group has five reportable operating segments as described below which are based on the Group’s five lending segments plus 
Central Functions. 

The organisation adjusted its operating model in 2018, where previously the business was divided into Business Finance, 
Mortgages and Savings, the operating segments are now allocated to two distinct customer facing businesses; Business Finance 
(made up of Asset Finance, Invoice Finance and Commercial Mortgages) and Retail Finance (made up of Residential Owner 
Occupied Mortgages and Buy to Let Mortgages). All 2018 financial reports have continued to detail performance on a operating 
segment basis. It is also possible to review performance aggregated by Business Finance and Retail Finance using data from 
the individual operating segments. As such it is still deemed appropriate to split the segmental reporting by individual operating 
segments for the 2018 IFRS 8 disclosure.

For each of the reportable segments, the Board, which is the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker, reviews internal 
management reports on a monthly basis. The following summary describes the operations in each of the Group’s 
reportable segments:

•  Asset Finance - Lease and hire purchase financing for SMEs, focusing on sectors with complex and structured deals, which 

play to our specialist underwriting advantage;

• 

Invoice Finance - provides UK SMEs with working capital solutions through invoice discounting, factoring and asset 
based lending;

•  SME Commercial Mortgages - Property finance needs of professional, commercial property investors, and owner-occupier 

SMEs. Targets multi-let commercial investment property loans and property development to experienced regional developers;

•  Buy-to-Let - Offers a wide range of standard and specialist buy-to-let mortgages for residential units, multi-unit freehold or 

houses with multiple-occupation (“HMO”) to both individuals and companies; and

•  Residential Mortgages - Prime residential mortgages targeting under-served segments of creditworthy borrowers that 

provide attractive and sustainable margins.

Central Functions include the reconciling items between the total of the five reportable operating segments and the consolidated 
income statement. As well as common costs, Central Functions include the Group’s Treasury and Savings functions which are 
responsible for raising finance on behalf of the operating segments. The costs of raising finance are all recharged by Central 
Functions to the operating segments, apart from those costs relating to the subordinated notes and the net gains/losses on from 
derivatives held at fair value shown in Note 19.

Common costs are incurred on behalf of the operating segments and typically represent savings administration, back 
office and support function costs such as Finance, Risk and Human Resources. The costs are not directly attributable to the 
operating segments.

Information regarding the results of each reportable segment and their reconciliation to the total results of the Group is shown 
below. Performance is measured based on the segmental result as included in the internal management reports.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix90

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

4. Segmental information continued
Segmental information for the period ended 30 June 2018

Interest income – external customers
Interest expense – external customers
Interest (expense)/income – internal 
Net fees and other income – external 
customers
Total operating income
Underlying administrative expenses 
including depreciation and amortisation
Impairment losses on loans and advances 
to customers
Share of profit of associate
Segmental result
Non-underlying administrative expenses1
Tax 
Profit after tax

Asset Finance
£m
141.8
 – 
(36.6)

8.0
113.2

Invoice 
Finance
£m
12.3
 – 
(2.6)

19.4
29.1

SME 
Commercial 
Mortgages
£m
93.5
 – 
(15.4)

Buy-to-Let
£m
255.5
 – 
(80.3)

Residential 
Mortgages
£m
95.1
 – 
(29.8)

Central 
Functions
£m
4.0
(172.2)
164.7

Total 
£m
602.2
(172.2)
 – 

0.9
79.0

3.9
179.1

1.9
67.2

3.3
(0.2)

37.4
467.4

(23.2)

(14.8)

(5.7)

(18.0)

(7.4)

(147.4)

(216.5)

(9.7)
 –
80.3

(1.4)
 –
12.9

(1.9)
 –
71.4

(4.2)
 –
156.9

(2.3)
 –
57.5

 – 
0.3
(147.3)

(19.5)
0.3
231.7
(36.4)
(56.7)
138.6

Assets
Liabilities
Net assets/(liabilities)

1,841.7
 –
1,841.7

265.2
 –
265.2

965.9
 –
965.9

4,436.8
 –
4,436.8

1,480.9
 –
1,480.9

1,442.2
(9,674.7)
(8,232.4)

10,432.7
(9,674.7)
758.0

1  Non-underlying administrative expenses of £36.4 million include costs of £19.8 million relating to the FirstRand transaction, costs of £2.4 million relating to integration, 

and an impairment charge of £14.2 million relating to intangible assets. These non-underlying costs were all charged to Central Functions. 

Segmental information for the year ended 31 December 2016

Interest income – external customers
Interest expense – external customers
Interest (expense)/income – internal 
Net fees and other income – external 
customers
Total operating income
Administrative expenses including 
depreciation and amortisation
Impairment losses on loans and advances to 
customers
Segmental result
Non-underlying administrative expenses1
Tax 
Profit after tax

Asset Finance
£m
87.3 
– 
(27.9)

4.2 
63.6 

Invoice 
Finance
£m
7.0 
–
(2.2)

14.2 
19.0 

SME 
Commercial 
Mortgages
£m
58.4 
–
(13.0)

Buy-to-Let
£m
135.6 
–
(45.2)

Residential 
Mortgages
£m
75.7 
–
(26.1)

Central 
Functions1
£m
(5.8)
(118.8)
114.4 

1.3 
46.7 

6.8 
97.2 

1.9 
51.5 

(0.3)
(10.5)

Total 
£m
358.2 
(118.8)
–

28.1 
267.5 

(12.9)

(10.3)

(3.1)

(10.7)

(4.5)

(77.7)

(119.2)

(5.6)
45.1 

(1.7)
7.0 

(2.9)
40.7 

(3.4)
83.1 

(1.9)
45.1 

–
(88.2)

(15.5)
132.8 
(4.1)
(35.2)
93.5 

Assets
Liabilities
Net assets/(liabilities)

1,573.4 
–
1,573.4 

154.1 
–
154.1 

929.9 
–
929.9 

3,326.0 
–
3,326.0 

1,493.9 
–
1,493.9 

903.9 
(7,755.2)
(6,851.3)

8,381.2 
(7,755.2)
626.0 

1  Non-underlying administrative expenses administrative expenses of £4.1 related to an impairment charge of £4.1 million in relation to Invoice Finance Goodwill. 

This non-underlying cost was charged to Central Functions.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

91

5. Interest income

On financial assets not at fair value through profit or loss:
On loans and advances to customers 
On loans and advances to banks 
On debt securities

On financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:
Net interest expense on financial instruments hedging assets

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m

Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m

598.1
2.1
14.5
614.7

(12.5)
602.2

364.0 
0.7 
12.4 
377.1 

(18.9)
358.2 

Included within interest income on loans and advances to customers for the period ended 30 June 2018 is a total of £6.8 million 
(31 December 2016: £3.4 million) relating to impaired financial advances.

Included within net interest expense on financial instruments hedging assets are fair value gains of £21.0 million (31 December 
2016: losses of £0.3 million) on derivatives held in qualifying fair value hedging arrangements, together with losses of £12.2 million 
(31 December 2016: losses of £4.4 million) representing changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged 
interest rate risk on loans and advances to customers.

6. Interest expense

On financial liabilities not at fair value through profit or loss:
On customers’ accounts 
On amounts due to banks
On debt securities in issue
On subordinated notes
Other

On financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:
Net interest expense / (income) on financial instruments hedging liabilities

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m

 Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m

149.8
7.9
2.1
10.7
0.7
171.2

1.0
172.2

109.8 
2.6 
2.3 
7.7 
2.0
124.4 

(5.6)
118.8 

Included within net interest income on financial instruments hedging liabilities are fair value losses of £2.7 million (31 December 
2016: gains of £2.1 million) on derivatives held in qualifying fair value hedging arrangements, together with losses of £1.4 million 
(31 December 2016: gains of £0.4 million) representing changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged 
interest rate risk on customers’ accounts.

7. Fee and commission income

Invoice Finance fees
Valuation fees
Documentation fees
Other fees

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m
16.5
3.3
4.8
12.0
36.6

Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m
11.9 
7.0 
2.8 
8.3 
30.0 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix92

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

8. Fee and commission expense

Introducer commissions
Legal and valuation fees
Company searches and other fees
Credit protection and insurance charges

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m
2.2
4.5
2.5
1.8
11.0

Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m
1.5 
3.4 
1.3 
1.3 
7.5 

9.  Net gains/(losses) from derivatives and other financial instruments at fair  

value through profit or loss

Net gains/(losses) on derivatives 
Net (losses)/gains on available for sale assets held in fair value hedges

10. Administrative expenses

Staff costs
Legal and professional and other services
Information technology costs
Office costs
Provisions 
Other
Impairment of intangibles and goodwill

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m
10.2
(8.6)
1.6

 Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m
(6.5)
2.1 
(4.4)

Note
11

29

24

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m
109.8
56.0
33.5
9.5
1.2
20.3
14.2
244.5

Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m
64.3 
21.8 
10.9 
5.0 
0.8 
11.1 
4.1 
118.0 

Disclosed on the face of the Income Statement for the period ending 30 June 2018 are £19.8 million of Transaction costs. 
£3.7 million of these costs relate to acceleration of share schemes and other bonuses following the FirstRand takeover and are 
included in Staff Costs in the above disclosure. Included in Legal and Professional and other services are £14.8 million payable in 
respect of transactional broker and advisory fees as part of the FirstRand takeover, as well as £1.3 million payable in respect of 
legal and other fees relating to the takeover. 

Disclosed on the face of the Income Statement for the period ending 30 June 2018 are £2.4 million of Integration costs. £1.9 million 
of these costs relate to legal and professional and other services, £0.5 million relate to other expenditure. 

Included in other administrative expenses are costs relating to temporary staff of £18.7 million (31 December 2016: £4.4 million), 
travel and subsistence of £4.2 million (31 December 2016: £3.0 million) and staff recruitment of £1.9 million (31 December 
2016: £1.5 million).

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

93

11. Staff costs

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs
Share-based payments

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m
88.9
12.2
3.1
5.6
109.8

Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m
52.7 
6.4 
1.7 
3.5 
64.3

The analysis above includes staff costs in relation to Executive and Non-Executive Directors. 

The average number of persons employed by the Group during the period, including Non-Executive Directors, is disclosed 
as below.

Central Functions
Business Finance and Retail Finance
Total

12. Remuneration of Directors

Directors’ emoluments
Payments in respect of personal pension plans
Contributions to money purchase scheme
Long term incentive schemes

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m
397
539
936

Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m
330 
557 
887

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£'000
5,542.2
159.6
–
8,777.7
14,479.5

Year ended 31 
December 2016
£'000
2,713.0 
53.7 
5.3 
–
2,772.0 

The above disclosure is prepared in accordance with Schedule 5 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008. 

Loans to Directors
At 30 June 2018, there were no loans outstanding to directors (31 December 2016: one loan; for the value of £40,000).

Long-term incentive schemes
Following the acquisition of Aldermore Group PLC by FirstRand International Guernsey Limited in March 2018, all the share 
schemes to key personnel vested and FirstRand International Guernsey Limited acquired 100 per cent of the share capital 
of Aldermore Group PLC. The reported gains, at acquisition have been calculated as the market value offered for the shares 
by FirstRand (£3.13). The aggregate gains as at March 2018 on such shares held by Directors were £5.9 million.

A number of long-term cash settled incentive schemes were introduced following the acquisition by FirstRand to replace the 
existing share schemes already in place. The deferred portion of the annual bonus is also settled in cash.

Highest paid director
The below amounts include the following in respect of the highest paid director:

Emoluments
Payments in respect of personal pension plans
Contributions to money purchase scheme
Long term incentive schemes

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£'000
1,822.3
54.0
–
3,774.7
5,651.0

 Year ended 31 
December 2016
£'000
1,140.4 
35.1 
– 
–
1,175.5 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix94

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

13. Pension and other post-retirement benefit commitments
The Group operates two defined contribution pension schemes. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the 
Group in independently administered funds. Pension contributions of £3.1 million (31 December 2016: £1.7 million) were charged 
to the income statement during the period in respect of these schemes. The Group made payments amounting to £159,600 
(31 December 2016: £53,700) in aggregate in respect of Directors’ individual personal pension plans during the period. There were 
outstanding contributions of £0.5 million at the period end (31 December 2016: £0.3 million).

14. Depreciation and amortisation

Depreciation
Amortisation of intangible assets 

15. Profit on ordinary activities before taxation
The profit on ordinary activities is after charging:

Operating lease rentals (including service charges)
– land and buildings
– plant and equipment
The remuneration of the Group’s external auditors, Deloitte LLP, and their associates is as follows:
Fees payable to the Group's auditor for the audit of the annual accounts (excluding VAT)
Fees payable to the Group's auditor for the audit of the accounts of subsidiaries (excluding VAT)
Audit fees
Fees payable to the Group's auditor and its associates for other services (excluding VAT):
Audit related assurance services 1
Other taxation advisory services
Corporate finance services 
Other assurance services2
All other services
Non-audit fees

Note

24

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m
2.2
6.2
8.4

Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m
1.1 
4.2 
5.3 

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m

 Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m

4.7
0.4

0.1
0.7
0.8

0.3
–
–
0.3
–
0.6
1.4

2.6 
0.3 

0.1 
0.6 
0.7 

0.2 
–
–
0.1 
–
0.3 
1.0 

1  Audit related assurance services for the period ended 30 June 2018 comprise services provided in relation to interim profit verifications during the year, and work 

responding to FirstRand group instructions.

2  Other assurance services for the period ended 30 June 2018 comprise work in relation to the audit of the Group's 31 March 2018 Balance Sheet, and work in relation to 

the Term Funding Scheme audit.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

95

16. Taxation
a) Tax charge

Current tax on profits for the year
(Over)/under provision in previous periods
Total current tax
Deferred tax
Under/(over) provision in previous periods
Total deferred tax charge/(credit)
Total tax charge

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m
47.5
(0.9)
46.6
8.0
2.1
10.1
56.7

 Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m
33.1 
(2.2)
30.9 
1.9 
2.4 
4.3 
35.2 

Current tax on profits reflects UK mainstream Corporation tax levied at a blended rate of 19.16% for the 18 month period 
ended 30 June 2018 (31 December 2016:20%) and the Banking Surcharge levied at a rate of 8% on the profits of banking 
companies chargeable to corporation tax after an allowance of £25 million per annum which applies for years commencing from 
1 January 2016.

A tax credit of £0.2 million in respect of the fair value movements in available for sale debt securities has been shown in other 
comprehensive income during the period ended 30 June 2018 (2016: £1.0 million charge). A tax credit of £1.5 million (31 December 
2016: £nil) has been recognised in equity in respect of tax relief on vesting of share awards.

A tax credit of £4.6 million (31 December 2016: £2.3 million) has been reflected directly in equity in respect of tax relief for 
contingent convertible securities coupon costs.

b) Factors affecting tax charge for the year
The tax assessed for the year is different to that resulting from applying the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.16% 
(31 December 2016: 20%). The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax
Tax at 19.16% (2016: 20%) thereon

Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Under provision in previous period
Deferred tax rate adjustment
Effect of new tax surcharge
Other differences

Period ended 30 
June 2018
£m
195.3
37.5

 Year ended 31 
December 2016
£m
128.7 
25.7 

3.2
1.2
0.6
14.1
0.1
56.7

1.0 
0.2 
0.4 
7.9 
–
35.2 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix96

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

17. Loans and advances to banks

Included in cash and cash equivalents: balances with less than three months to maturity at inception
Cash collateral on derivatives placed with banks
Other loans and advances to banks

30 June
2018
£m
52.2
33.6
10.8
96.6

31 December 
2016
£m
34.1 
22.2 
10.9 
67.2 

There were no individual or collective provisions for impairment held against loans and advances to banks. £nil is recoverable 
more than 12 months after the reporting date (31 December 2016: £10.9 million - this related to cash held by the Group’s 
securitisation vehicle, Oak No.1 PLC).

18. Debt securities

Available for sale debt securities:
UK Government gilts and treasury bills
Supranational bonds
Corporate bonds
Asset-backed securities
Covered bonds

30 June
2018
£m

45.9
436.3
–
30.1
280.0
792.3

31 December 
2016
£m

32.3 
359.8 
29.7 
70.4 
172.3 
664.5 

At 30 June 2018, £732.4 million (31 December 2016: £534.5 million) of debt securities are expected to be recovered more than 
12 months after the reporting date. There were no impairment losses in respect of available for sale debt securities.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

97

19. Derivatives held for risk management
Amounts included in the statement of financial position are analysed as follows:

Instrument type
Interest rate (not in hedging relationships)
Interest rate (fair value hedges)
Equity
Foreign exchange

30 June 2018

31 December 2016

Assets
£m

Liabilities
£m

Assets
£m

Liabilities
£m

0.3
22.4
–
–
22.7

0.3
16.3
–
0.1
16.7

0.4 
11.8 
0.2 
–
12.4 

1.5 
34.1 
0.2 
–
35.8 

All derivatives are held either as fair value hedges qualifying for hedge accounting or are held for the purpose of managing risk 
exposures arising on the Group’s other financial instruments.

a) Fair value hedges of interest rate risk
The Group uses interest rate swaps within qualifying hedge accounting relationships to manage its exposure to changes 
in market interest rates which would impact the fair values of certain fixed rate lending and savings products and debt 
securities held.

Further details regarding the Group’s approach to hedge accounting, including a description of the Group’s exposure to volatility, 
are provided in the risk report, see pages 36 to 59.

b) Other derivatives held for risk management 
The Group uses other derivatives, not designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships, to manage its exposure to 
the following:

• 

• 

interest rate risk on certain debt securities held which are designated at fair value through profit or loss;

interest rate basis risk on certain mortgage loans; 

•  equity market risk on equity-linked products offered to depositors; and

•  foreign exchange risk on currency loans provided to Invoice Finance customers.

20. Loans and advances to customers

Gross loans and advances
less: allowance for impairment losses 

Amounts include:
Expected to be recovered more than 12 months after the reporting date

30 June
2018
£m
9,015.7
(25.2)
8,990.5

31 December 
2016
£m
7,504.7 
(27.4)
7,477.3 

7,835.5

6,466.4 

At 30 June 2018, loans and advances to customers of £nil (31 December 2016: £1,066.2 million) were pre-positioned with the 
Bank of England and HM Treasury Funding for Lending Scheme. These loans and advances were available for use as collateral 
with the Scheme. However, £nil of UK Treasury Bills had been drawn as at the reporting date (31 December 2016: £650.0 million), 
as the Group stopped using the scheme during the period.

At 30 June 2018, loans and advances to customers of £3,032.7 million (31 December 2016: £578.7 million) were pre-positioned 
with the Bank of England and HM Treasury Term Funding Scheme. These loans and advances were available for use as collateral 
with the Scheme. Details of amounts drawn on the facility are shown in Note 25.

At 30 June 2018, loans and advances to customers of £87.2 million (31 December 2016: £nil) were pre-positioned with the Bank of 
England in respect of the Indexed Long Term Repo Scheme. These loans and advances were available for use as collateral with the 
Scheme. However, £nil of UK Treasury Bills had been drawn as at the reporting date (31 December 2016: £nil).

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix98

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

20. Loans and advances to customers continued
At 30 June 2018, loans and advances to customers included £103.2 million (31 December 2016: £148.7 million) which have been 
used in secured funding arrangements, resulting in the beneficial interest in these loans being transferred to Oak No. 1 PLC which 
is a securitisation vehicle consolidated into these financial statements. The carrying value of these loans on 10 April 2014, when 
the beneficial interest was transferred, was £362.3 million. These loans secured £333.3 million of funding for the Group. All the 
assets pledged are retained within the statement of financial position as the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards 
relating to the loans.

Allowance for impairment losses

Period ended 30 June 2018
Balance as at 1 January 2017
Impairment loss for the period:
Charge to the income statement
Unwind of discounting
Write-offs net of recoveries
Balance as at 30 June 2018 

Allowance for impairment losses

Year ended 31 December 2016
Balance as at 1 January
Impairment loss for the year:
Charge to the income statement
Unwind of discounting
Write-offs net of recoveries
Balance as at 31 December 

Individual
£m

Collective
£m

14.3 

13.1 

10.6 
(2.2)
(14.9)
7.8 

8.9 
(4.6)
–
17.4 

Total
£m

27.4 

19.5 
(6.8)
(14.9)
25.2 

Individual
£m

Collective
£m

Total
£m

10.2 

10.5 

20.7 

10.8 
(1.3)
(5.4)
14.3 

4.7 
(2.1)
–
13.1 

15.5 
(3.4)
(5.4)
27.4 

Finance lease receivables
Loans and advances to customers include the following finance leases where the Group is the lessor:

Gross investment in finance leases, receivable:
Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than five years

Unearned finance income
Net investment in finance leases

Net investment in finance leases, receivable:
Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than five years

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

568.4
1,177.9
21.8
1,768.1
(187.3)
1,580.8

482.4
1,077.3
21.1
1,580.8

521.5 
960.3 
20.3 
1,502.1 
(162.4)
1,339.7 

448.9 
871.2 
19.6 
1,339.7 

The Group enters into finance lease and hire purchase arrangements with customers in a wide range of sectors including plant 
and machinery, cars and commercial vehicles. The accumulated allowance for uncollectable minimum lease payments receivable 
is £3.7 million (31 December 2016: £4.5 million). 

Due to the nature of the business undertaken, there are no material unguaranteed residual values for any of the finance leases at 
30 June 2018.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

99

21. Investment in subsidiaries
The Company has an interest in the total ordinary share capital of the following subsidiaries (except the securitisation vehicles), 
all of which are registered in England and Wales and operate in the UK. All subsidiary undertakings are included in these 
consolidated financial statements.

Subsidiary undertakings 
(direct interest)
Aldermore Bank PLC

Principal activity Shareholding per cent
100
Banking and 
related services

Class of shareholding
Ordinary

Country of
 incorporation
UK1

Dormant subsidiary undertakings 
Aldermore Invoice Finance (Holdings) Limited 
(Company number 06913207)
Aldermore Invoice Finance Limited  
(Company number 02483505)
Aldermore Invoice Finance (Oxford) Limited  
(Company number 02129734)
AR Audit Services Limited  
(Company number 09495046)

Securitisation vehicles
Oak No.1 Mortgage Holdings Limited

Oak No.1 PLC

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Holding company 
for securitisation 
vehicle
Securitisation 
vehicle

100

100

100

100

*

*

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

*

*

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK2

UK3

UK3

*  The share capital of the securitisation vehicles is not owned by the Group but the vehicles are included in the consolidated financial statements as they are controlled by 

the Group.

1  Registered address 1st Floor, Block B, Western House Lynch Wood, Peterborough, PE2 6FZ

2  Registered address 4th Floor, Block D Apex Plaza, Forbury Road, Reading, United Kingdom, RG1 1AX

3  Registered address 35 Great St. Helen’s, London, EC3A 6AP

22. Deferred tax asset
A net deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, on the basis of all available evidence, 
it can be regarded as probable that there will be suitable future taxable profits against which the unwinding of the asset can 
be offset. 

Analysis of recognised deferred tax asset:

Period ended 30 June 2018
Capital allowances less than depreciation
Available for sale debt securities transition adjustment
(Gains)/Losses on available for sale debt securities 
recognised through other comprehensive income
Other temporary differences
Share-based payment timing differences

Balance as at  
31 December 
2016  
£m

Recognised 
in income 
statement  
£m

Recognised 
in other 
comprehensive 
income  
£m

Recognised  
in equity  
£m

Balance as at  
30 June  
2018  
£m

11.3
(0.2)

(1.0)
(0.8)
1.9
11.2 

(8.3)
(0.3)

0.5
0.3
(1.9)
(9.7)

–
–

0.2
–
–
0.2

–
–

–
–
–
–

3.0
(0.5)

(0.3)
(0.5)
–
1.7 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix100

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

22. Deferred tax asset continued

Year ended 31 December 2016
Capital allowances less than depreciation
Available for sale debt securities transition adjustment
(Gains)/Losses on available for sale debt securities 
recognised through other comprehensive income
Other temporary differences
Share-based payment timing differences

Balance as at  
31 December 
2016  
£m

Recognised 
in income 
statement  
£m

Recognised 
in other 
comprehensive 
income  
£m

Recognised  
in equity  
£m

Balance as at  
30 June  
2018  
£m

16.5 
(0.2)

–
(0.4)
0.5 
16.4 

(5.2)
–

–
(0.4)
1.3 
(4.3)

–
–

(1.0)
–
–
(1.0)

–
–

–
–
0.1 
0.1 

11.3 
(0.2)

(1.0)
(0.8)
1.9 
11.2 

The deferred tax asset at 30 June 2018 of £1.7 million has been calculated at an overall rate of 23.86%. This is based on 
substantively enacted tax rates at the balance sheet date. These are expected to apply when the temporary differences giving 
rise to the deferred tax are expected to reverse. The deferred tax asset relates largely to temporary differences between capital 
allowances and depreciation. 

Reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 18% to 17% from 1 April 2020 was substantively enacted on 15 September 2016.

There were no unrecognised deferred tax balances at 30 June 2018 (31 December 2016: £nil).

23. Investment in associates
The Group acquired a 48% stake in AFS Group Holdings Limited on 28 September 2017 in exchange for consideration of 
£4.8 million. £3.8 million was paid in September 2017 with two tranches of £0.5 million deferred and held in an escrow account 
until 2018 and 2019, subject to certain targets being met. Details of the Group's material associate at the end of the reporting 
period is as follows:

Name of associate

AFS Group Holdings Ltd

 Principal activity
Financial Services 
Intermediary

Place of incorporation and 
principal place of business

Proportion of ownership 
interest/voting rights held by 
the Group
30 June 2018

UK

48%

The above associate is accounted for using the equity method in these consolidated financial statements. The carrying amount 
of the investment as at 30 June 2018 is £5.1 million. This includes a £0.3 million Share of Profit of Associate which has been 
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement for the period ended 30 June 2018.

The financial year end date of AFS Group Holdings Limited is 30 April. For the purposes of applying the equity method of 
accounting, the management accounts of AFS Group Holdings Limited for the 12 months ended 30 April 2018 have been used.

Summarised financial information in respect of the associate is set out below. The summarised financial information below 
represents amounts shown in the associate’s management accounts for the 12 months ended 30 April 2018 (adjusted by the 
Group for equity accounting purposes).

AFS Group Holdings Limited

Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

As at 30 April 
2018
£m
2.9
0.1
1.7
0.1

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

101

23. Investment in associates continued
AFS Group Holdings Limited

Revenue
Profit from continuing operations
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income for the period
Total comprehensive income for the period
Dividends received from the associate during the period

Period from 28 
September 2017 
to 30 April 2018  
£m
7.0
0.6
0.6
–
0.6
–

A reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in AFS Group Holdings 
Limited recognised in the consolidated financial statements is shown below.

Net assets of the associate
Proportion of the Group’s ownership Interest in the Associate
Goodwill
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the associate

24. Intangible assets

Cost
1 January 2017
Additions
Write-off
30 June 2018

1 January 2016
Additions
Write-off
31 December 2016

Amortisation 
1 January 2017
Charge for the year
Write-off
30 June 2018

1 January 2016
Charge for the year
31 December 2016

Net book value
30 June 2018
31 December 2016

AFS Group 
Holdings Limited 
£m
1.2
48%
4.5
5.1

Computer 
Systems 
£m

Goodwill 
£m

35.1
8.7
(19.4)
24.4 

24.8 
10.3 
–
35.1 

17.5
6.2
(5.2)
18.5 

13.4 
4.1 
17.5 

5.9
17.6 

8.5
–
–
8.5 

12.6 
–
(4.1)
8.5 

–
–
–
– 

–
–
–

8.5
8.5 

Total
£m

43.6
8.7
(19.4)
32.9 

37.4 
10.3 
(4.1)
43.6 

17.5
6.2
(5.2)
18.5 

13.4 
4.1 
17.5 

14.4
26.1 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix102

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

24. Intangible assets continued
During the period a number of intangible assets were identified as no longer fulfilling any ongoing economic benefit to the Group. 
As such it was deemed appropriate to fully impair these intangible assets, resulting in an impairment charge to the income 
statement for the period ending 30 June 2018 of £14.2 million. 

The Goodwill disclosed above relates to the SME Commercial Mortgages segment. The Value in Use (“VIU”) for SME Commercial 
Mortgages was determined by discounting the future cash flows to be generated from the continuing use of the segment. VIU at 
30 June 2018 has been determined in a similar manner as at 31 December 2016.

Key assumptions used in the calculation of VIU were the following:
•  Cash flows were projected based on past experience, actual operating results and the five year business plan (31 December 

2016: the five year business plan). Cash flows after the planning period were extrapolated using a constant growth rate of 2% 
(31 December 2016: 2%) into perpetuity.

•  A pre-tax discount rate of 14.1% (31 December 2016: 13.0%) was applied in determining the recoverable amounts for the SME 

Commercial Mortgages operating segment. These discount rates were based on the weighted average cost of funding for the 
segment, taking into account the Group’s regulatory capital requirement and expected market returns for debt and equity 
funding, then adjusted for risk premiums to reflect the systemic risk of the segment.

IAS 36 requires an assessment of goodwill balances for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if there is an indication 
of impairment. An impairment charge should be recognised where the recoverable amount from the segment is less than the 
carrying value of the goodwill. Under IAS 36, the recoverable amount is the greater of either the VIU of a business or its Fair Value 
less Costs of Disposal (“FVLCD”). 

The VIU of the SME Commercial Mortgages segment is significantly above the carrying value of the attributable goodwill and 
net assets. The Group estimates that reasonably possible changes in the above assumptions are not expected to cause the 
recoverable amount of SME Commercial Mortgages to reduce below the carrying amount.

25. Amounts due to banks

Amounts repayable within 12 months:
Due to banks – repurchase agreements
Due to banks – deposits
Cash collateral received on derivatives
Due to banks – central banks – Term Funding Scheme interest accrual

Amounts repayable after 12 months:
Due to banks – central banks – Term Funding Scheme

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

–
–
5.1
2.1
7.2

1,671.0
1,678.2

354.8 
0.7 
2.2 
–
357.7 

396.1 
753.8 

(a) Collateral given under repurchase agreements
The face value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase at 30 June 2018 was £nil (31 December 2016: £355.0 million), 
all of which were drawn down from the Bank of England under the terms of the Funding for Lending Scheme. The Group 
conducts these repurchase transactions under the terms of applicable General Master Repurchase Agreement guidelines. 
Consideration received in return for the collateral is recorded as ‘Amounts due to banks’ and is accounted for as a financial liability 
at amortised cost.

(b) Amounts repayable after 12 months
Loans received from the Bank of England against which the Group provides collateral under the Term Funding Scheme are 
recorded as ‘Amounts due to banks’ and are accounted for as a financial liability at amortised cost.

Further details of a) and b) can be found in Note 20.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

103

30 June
2018
£m
5,163.4
1,997.9
615.0
7,776.3

6,786.9
989.4
7,776.3

31 December 
2016
£m
4,766.8 
1,647.2 
259.7 
6,673.7 

5,397.1 
1,276.6 
6,673.7 

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

9.9
1.9
9.5
2.3
23.6

10.5 
4.1 
3.3 
7.1 
25.0 

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

30.1
4.4
34.5

26.4 
0.6 
27.0 

Financial Services 
 Compensation  
Scheme
£m
0.8
(1.0)
1.2
1.0
1.1 
(1.1)
0.8 
0.8 

26. Customers’ accounts

Retail deposits
SME deposits
Corporate deposits

Amounts repayable within one year
Amounts repayable after one year

27. Other liabilities

Amounts payable within 12 months:
Amounts payable to Invoice Finance customers
Other taxation and social security costs
Trade creditors
Other payables

28. Accruals and deferred income

Amounts payable within 12 months:
Accruals
Deferred income

29. Provisions

1 January 2017
Utilised during the period
Provided during the period
30 June 2018
1 January 2016
Utilised during the year
Provided during the year
31 December 2016

Financial Services Compensation Scheme (“FSCS”)
In common with all regulated UK deposit takers, the Group’s principal subsidiary, Aldermore Bank PLC, pays levies to the 
FSCS to enable the FSCS to meet claims against it. The FSCS levy consists of two parts: a management expenses levy and a 
compensation levy. The management expenses levy covers the costs of running the scheme and the compensation levy covers 
the amount of compensation the scheme pays net of any recoveries it makes using the rights that have been assigned to it. 

The FSCS provision at 30 June 2018 of £1.0 million (31 December 2016: £0.8 million) represents the interest element of the 
compensation levy for the 2017/2018 scheme year (31 December 2016: interest levy for the 2016/2017 scheme year).

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix104

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

30. Debt securities in issue
Debt securities in issue are repayable from the reporting date in the ordinary course of business as follows:

Debt securities in issue

30 June
2018
£m
77.9

31 December 
2016
£m
130.6

Debt securities in issue with a principal value of £78.0 million (31 December 2016: £131.2 million) are secured on certain portfolios 
of variable and fixed rate mortgages through the Group’s securitisation vehicle, Oak No. 1 PLC. These notes are redeemable in 
part from time to time, such redemptions being limited to the net capital received from mortgage customers in respect of the 
underlying assets. The final maturity date is February 2052, with a call option exercisable on the notes falling due in May 2019. 
There is no obligation for the Group to make good any shortfall. Further disclosure relating to the underlying assets is contained 
in Note 20.

31. Subordinated notes

Subordinated notes

30 June
2018
£m
60.5

31 December 
2016
£m
100.0

On 28 October 2016, the Group issued £60 million subordinated 8.50% loan notes, repayable in 2026, with an option for the Group 
to redeem after five years. The interest rate is fixed until October 2021. The loan is carried in the statement of financial position 
at amortised cost using an EIR of 8.9%. Unamortised issue costs of £0.4 million are included in the above balance (31 December 
2016: £0.6 million).

In May 2017, the Group exercised its option to require the holders of the £40 million subordinated 12.875% loan notes issued in 
2012 to redeem the notes at par value.

32. Financing activity
The table below details changes in the Group's liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash 
changes. Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in 
the Group's consolidated statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities.

Debt Securities in Issue-Note 30
Subordinated notes-Note 31

As at 31 December 2016
£m
 130.6 
 100.0 

Financing cash
flows-repayment
of debt
£m
(53.1) 
(40.0) 

Financing cash
flows-interest
paid on debt
£m
(1.7) 
(10.2) 

Non-cash
changes-Interest
expense per Income 
Statement
£m
 2.1 
 10.7 

As at 30 June 2018
£m
 77.9 
 60.5 

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

105

33. Share capital

Type
Ordinary shares of £0.10 each

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

34.9
34.9

34.5 
34.5 

During the period, an additional 180,654 shares were allotted to an employee benefit trust (“EBT”) in order to satisfy the vesting 
of nil-cost options granted under the Deferred Share Plan (“DSP”). 

An additional 3,443,054 shares were allotted to the same EBT on completion of the takeover of Aldermore Group PLC by 
FirstRand in March 2018 in order to satisfy the vesting of awards granted under the Company’s various share schemes (see note 
35 for more detail of number of options vesting). Following the takeover, all shares held by the EBT were released to participants. 
As at 30 June 2018, the EBT held no shares (31 December 2016: 466,179 shares) which had not vested. These were previously 
recorded as a deduction from retained earnings. 

On the takeover of Aldermore Group PLC by FirstRand 630,513 shares were allotted in respect of options exercised under the 
three invitations to join the Sharesave Plan. These shares were allotted at the option prices of £2.52 for the 2015 plan, £1.54 for 
the 2016 plan, and £2.00 for the 2017 plan. 

As at 30 June 2018, there were 348,993,805 ordinary £0.10 shares in issue resulting in share capital of £34,899,381 (31 December 
2016: 344,739,584 and £34,473,958 respectively).

34. Share-based payments
The table below shows the charge to the income statement:

Share plans issued in 2015
Share plans issued in 2016
Share plans issued in period ending 30 June 2018
Total share-based payment charge

30 June
2018
£m
1.2
1.9
2.5
5.6

31 December 
2016
£m
2.0 
1.5 
– 
3.5

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix106

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

34. Share-based payments continued
The below table summarises share awards which were active in the 18 months ended 30 June 2018.

Plan

a) Performance Share Plan

Eligible employees Nature of award
Selected senior 
employees

Conditional share award

b) Pre-IPO Award under the 
Performance Share Plan

Selected senior 
employees

Conditional share award

c) “Top Up” Pre-IPO Award 
under the Performance 
Share Plan

Selected senior 
employees

Conditional share award

d) Restricted Share Plan

e) Recruitment Award

f) Sharesave Plan

Selected senior 
employees
Selected senior 
employees
All employees

g) Deferred Share Plan

h) Transition Award

Selected senior 
employees
Selected senior 
employees

Conditional share award

Conditional share award

Qualifying SAYE plan with 
an option to purchase 
shares at the end of the 
saving period
Deferred conditional 
share award
Conditional cash settled 
award

Vesting conditions 
Continuing employment or leaving 
in certain limited circumstances and 
achievement of Total Shareholder 
Return and Earnings Per Share 
performance conditions
Continuing employment or leaving 
in certain limited circumstances and 
achievement of Total Shareholder 
Return performance condition. 
Continuing employment or leaving 
in certain limited circumstances 
and achievement of personal and 
Company performance conditions 
Continuing employment or leaving in 
certain limited circumstances
Continuing employment or leaving in 
certain limited circumstances
Monthly contributions to the 
scheme and continuing employment 
or leavers in certain limited 
circumstances
Continuing employment or leavers 
in certain limited circumstances
Continuing employment or leaving in 
certain limited circumstances

Grant dates 
2015, 2016 & 
2017

Vesting date
20183

2015

Lapsed in 
2016

2015

20182

2015, 2016 & 
2017
2016

20183

20182

2015, 2016 & 
2017

See (f) 
below

2016 & 
20171
2018

March 20182

Between 
2019 & 2020

1  Grants under the Deferred Share Plan were made the year following the financial year to which they relate.

2  Outstanding awards on Court Sanction date vested in full.

3  Outstanding awards on Court Sanction date vested on a time pro-rated basis, calculated with reference to the number of completed months from the date that the 

awards were granted to the Court sanction date. Lapsed shares were rolled over into a new cash-settled “Transition Award”.

The terms of the schemes are as follows:

a) Performance Share Plan
The Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) was open to senior employees including the Executive team. Awards were made under 
the plan over three years as per the table above. In order for awards to vest, individuals were required to remain in employment 
for three years following the grant date and the awards were subject to a two-year holding period following the required 
employment date.

Awards under the PSP were subject to performance conditions set by the Remuneration Committee and determined the 
extent to which awards became available to individuals. Performance conditions for the PSP awards related to the growth in 
Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) for 50% of each award and Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) performance for the remaining 50% of 
each award. 

In addition, there were “underpin” performance conditions which had to be met in relation to both elements of the award and 
the result achieved had to both appropriately reflect the performance of the Company and be consistent with the Company’s 
risk appetite. Furthermore, in respect of the TSR element of the grant made in 2015, the value of the TSR achieved over the 
performance period was required to be equal to or greater than the TSR of the median company of FTSE 350 companies, 
excluding Investment Trusts and the Company itself.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

107

PSP awards vested on the Court sanctioning the Scheme of Arrangement by which the FirstRand transaction was effected. 
The vesting of the awards was subject to pro-rating for time and performance. Following review, the Remuneration Committee 
determined that the performance conditions had been met to the extent set out below: 

2015 award
2016 award
2017 award

% of TSR element achieved
54

% of EPS element achieved
86

77

100

100

100

b) Pre-IPO Award under the Performance Share Plan
Pre-IPO Awards in respect of 6,920,420 shares, which were granted on 2 March 2015 to individuals as a one-off reward to 
recognise their contribution up to the Company’s IPO, lapsed as the principal performance condition relating to growth in TSR for 
the period to 31 December 2016 was not satisfied.

c) “Top Up” Pre-IPO awards under the Performance Share Plan
For the small number of employees who had been granted a “Top Up” Pre-IPO Award at the time of the IPO which was intended 
to promote their retention and to reward them for their performance both pre-IPO and post-IPO, the Remuneration Committee 
amended the “Top Up” portion of those awards over 513,589 shares such that:

•  The principal performance condition was a personal performance condition, whilst there was also an underpin whereby the 

Remuneration Committee would determine whether the performance of the Company justified the vesting. The Remuneration 
Committee determined that the amended performance condition and underpin had been met as at 31 December 2016. 

•  The awards were due to become exercisable on 31 December 2018 and were contingent on employment to this date, with time 
pro-rating being applied to the awards of leavers (for the period of service between 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2018 
as a proportion of the full two-year holding period). However, if the individual ceased employment because of misconduct the 
whole award would lapse. Following the takeover of Aldermore Group PLC by FirstRand in March 2018, outstanding awards 
vested in full on the Court Sanction date (other than for leavers as set out above). 

The amendment was made in the 12 months ended 31 December 2016 and the total incremental fair value arising from the modification 
of the awards is £1,188,000. £784,000 was reflected in the income statement for the period ended 30 June 2018 (31 December 
2016: £16,000). The remainder of the anticipated fair value was not expensed due to the impact of lapsed awards in the period.

d) Restricted Share Plan
The Restricted Share Plan (“RSP”) was open to a small number of senior employees engaged in risk and control functions. 
There was a requirement for individuals to remain in employment for three years following the grant date, following which the 
awards were subject to a two-year holding period. There were no financial performance conditions attached to the awards under 
the RSP. Following the takeover of Aldermore Group PLC by FirstRand in March 2018, outstanding awards vested on the Court 
Sanction date following the application of time pro-rating.

e) Recruitment Award
The Recruitment Award was granted for the purpose of buying out awards forfeited by senior employees on resignation from 
their previous employment. There were no performance conditions attached to this award. The award was due to be released in 
four tranches with twenty per cent vesting on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date and 40% on the 
fourth anniversary of the award. Following the takeover of Aldermore Group PLC by FirstRand in March 2018, the outstanding 
awards vested in full on the Court Sanction date.

f) Sharesave Plan
All employees were eligible to participate in the Group’s annual invitation to join the Sharesave Plan. Individuals in the Plan 
contributed a set amount each month for three years. At the end of the savings period, participants had the option to buy shares 
in Aldermore Group PLC at an option price which was fixed at the grant date.

There were no performance conditions attached to the awards but employees could only continue to participate in the Plan whilst in 
the employment of the Group. Participants had the option, but not the obligation, to buy shares at the end of the Plan, subject to having 
made all monthly contributions. There were no holding conditions in respect of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an option.

Prior to the completion of the takeover, all participants in the Sharesave Plan were given the opportunity to use the savings in 
their accounts to purchase Aldermore Shares at the Option price set at the start of the relevant invitation. The Aldermore 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix108

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

34. Share-based payments continued
Shares were subsequently sold to FirstRand who paid the participant 313 pence in cash for each Aldermore Share. Alternatively, 
participants could elect to continue saving after the takeover and exercise their Option within the six-month period following 
the Court sanction of the Scheme. Again, these shares would be sold to FirstRand for 313 pence per Aldermore Share. 
Those participants who took up the 2015 and 2016 invitations to join the Sharesave Plan were eligible to receive a compensation 
payment in respect of options that lapsed as a result of their Option being exercised ahead of the usual maturity date (provided 
that they elected to exercise their Option ahead of the Court Sanction date). 

g) Deferred Share Plan
The Deferred Share Plan (“DSP”) was open to senior employees, including the Executive team, and represented the portion of 
awards under the Annual Incentive Plan that was deferred to align the interests of senior employees and the Executive team with 
shareholders. The awards were due to vest in tranches of one-third on the first, second and third anniversary of the award date, 
subject to continued employment. There were no performance conditions attached to the awards made under the DSP.

Share awards representing the deferred element of the 2016 bonus payments, with a grant date fair value of £1.4 million, were 
granted in March 2017. Following the takeover of Aldermore Group PLC by FirstRand in March 2018, the outstanding awards 
vested in full on the Court Sanction date.

h) Transition Award
The shares under PSP and RSP awards which lapsed as a result of the application of time pro-rating were rolled over into cash-
settled Transition Awards. The Transition Awards are accounted for as a cash-settled share based payment under IFRS 2, with 
a liability accruing on the Statement of Financial Position. The fair value is remeasured at the end of each reporting period, with 
changes to fair value recognised in profit or loss. The liability held on the Statement of Financial Position for the Transition Award 
as at 30 June 2018 was £0.8 million.

Awards/options granted, forfeited and vested
The table below shows the changes to the options awarded during the period and the number of awards outstanding as at 30 June 2018:

Plan
Performance Share Plan
“Top Up” Pre IPO Award under the PSP
Restricted Share Plan
Recruitment Award
Sharesave Plan
Deferred Share Plan
Transition Award
Total

Awards 
outstanding at 
1 January 2017
2,639,937
513,589
256,993
466,179
1,550,471
541,987

Awards / 
options 
granted
700,126
–
553,503
–
421,722
648,805
– 1,279,202
5,969,156 3,603,358

Awards / 
options 
forfeited

Awards 
outstanding at 
Awards / 
30 June 2018
options 
Number
expired
–
(283,483) (1,334,210)
–
(129,968)
–
–
(432,293)
(33,608)
–
–
–
97,110
(292,120)
(952,450)
–
(145,320)
– 1,267,206
(11,996)
(896,495) (2,718,953) (4,592,750) 1,364,316

Awards / 
options 
vested
(1,722,370)
(383,621)
(344,595)
(466,179)
(630,513)
– (1,045,472)
–

Plan
Performance Share Plan
Pre-IPO award under the PSP
“Top Up” Pre IPO Award under the PSP
Restricted Share Plan
Recruitment Award
Sharesave Plan
Deferred Share Plan
Total

Awards 
Awards / 
outstanding at 
options 
1 January 2016
granted
1,406,231  1,526,448 
– 
6,920,420 
–
513,589
105,753 
175,875 
466,179 
 – 
794,966  1,379,516 
543,837 
 4,091,855 

– 
 9,740,959 

Awards / 
options 
forfeited
(292,742)
(134,274)
–
 (24,635)
– 
(624,011)
(1,850)

Awards / 
options 
expired
– 
(6,786,146)
–
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1,077,512) (6,786,146)

Awards 
outstanding at 
Awards / 
31 December 
options 
2016
vested
Number
 2,639,937
– 
–
– 
513,589
–
256,993 
– 
– 
466,179 
–  1,550,471
541,987 
 – 
–  5,969,156 

Average fair 
value per award 
granted during 
the period at 
grant date 
(rounded)
£1.88
–
£2.22
–
£1.04
£2.22
£3.13

Average fair 
value per 
award granted 
during the year 
at grant date 
(rounded)
£1.46
£0.31
£2.31
£2.09
£1.91
£0.73
£2.28

Financial statements 
  
Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

109

Determination of grant date fair values
Share awards were not entitled to dividends until the awards vested, but the number of shares subject to vested PSP, RSP and 
DSP awards increased to reflect the value of dividends that would have been paid up to the end of the holding period for the 
awards. This was designed to deliver a benefit similar to that which ordinary shareholders may have received in respect of any 
dividends paid during the vesting period. Accordingly, the grant date fair value of the awards with no performance conditions 
other than service conditions was taken as the market value of the Company’s ordinary shares at the grant date.

In respect of awards for which there were non-market performance conditions (e.g. EPS), the grant date fair value per award was 
taken as the market value of an ordinary share at the grant date. A forecast was made of the number of awards expected to vest 
in order to determine the overall share-based payment charge to be recognised over the vesting period. In respect of awards for 
which there were market performance conditions (e.g. TSR), the grant date fair value of each award was required to reflect the 
likelihood of achieving the market conditions within the valuation. 

For the awards concerned, the grant date fair values for each award were determined using stochastic simulation models with 
the following significant inputs:

Ordinary share price
Risk-free rate
Probability distributions of TSRs for Aldermore and the median FTSE 350 (excluding Investment Trust companies)
Annual volatility (of logarithm of TSR) for Aldermore share price 
Annual volatility (of logarithm of TSR) for median of FTSE 350 (excluding Investment Trust companies) 
(based on five years’ data)
Correlation between volatilities

PSP 2017
£2.23
0.20% p.a.
Log normal
52%1

40%1
None

1 

 Based on Aldermore Group PLC share price volatility annualised, from date of listing (13 March 2015) to the grant date (21 March 2017) there was an expected volatility 
of 52%. However 40% was used based on an expectation at the time that volatility would fall towards more normal levels for the FTSE 350.

Share options (Sharesave Plan)
Options granted under the Sharesave Plan have no entitlement to dividends until they are exercised. The grant date fair value of 
the options were determined using a Black Scholes valuation model with the following significant inputs:

Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Risk-free rate
Expected volatility of Company share price
Expected life

1 

 Based on Aldermore Group PLC share price volatility annualised, from the date of listing (13 March 2015) to the grant date (12 October 2017).

35. Contingent convertible securities

Contingent convertible securities

2017 Sharesave 
plan
£2.56
£2.00
0.57% p.a.
45%1
3.14 years

30 June
2018
£m
74.0

31 December 
2016
£m
74.0

On 9 December 2014, the Company issued £75 million Fixed Rate Reset Additional Tier 1 Perpetual Subordinated Contingent 
Convertible Securities (the “Securities”). Net proceeds arising from the issuance, after deducting issuance costs and the 
associated tax credit, totalled £74.0 million.

The Securities are perpetual and have no fixed redemption date. Redemption of the Securities is at the option of the Company 
on 30 April 2020 and annually thereafter. The Securities bear interest at an initial rate of 11.875 per cent per annum until 30 April 
2020 and thereafter at the relevant Reset Interest Rate as provided in the Information Memorandum. Interest is payable on the 
Securities annually in arrears on each interest payment date commencing 30 April 2015 and is non-cumulative. The Borrower has 
the full discretion to cancel any interest scheduled to be paid on the Securities.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix110

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

35. Contingent convertible securities continued
The Securities are convertible into Ordinary Shares of the Company in the event of the Group’s Common Equity ratio falling below 
7 per cent. As the Securities contain no obligation on the Company to make payments of principal or interest, they have been 
classified as equity instruments as required by IAS 32. Accordingly, the Securities have been included in equity at the fair value 
of the proceeds received less any direct costs attributable to the issue of the Securities, net of tax relief thereon. Any interest 
paid on the Securities, net of tax relief thereon, is a distribution to holders of equity instruments and has been recognised directly 
in equity on the payment date. Although there are number of additional terms relating to events such as acquisition and wind 
up, there are no circumstances in which the Group has an unavoidable obligation to issue a variable number of its own shares. 
The Group has not separated any embedded derivative features because the Group has an accounting policy not to separate a 
feature that has already been considered in determining that the entire issue is a non-derivative equity instrument.

36. Statement of cash flows
(a) Adjustments for non-cash items and other adjustments included within the income statement

Depreciation and amortisation
Impairment of intangibles and goodwill
Amortisation of securitisation issuance cost
Discount accretion on subordinated notes
Impairment losses on loans and advances
Unwind of discounting
Write-offs net of recoveries
Losses/(gains) on hedged available for sale debt securities recognised in profit or loss
Net gains on disposal of available for sale debt securities
Interest expense on subordinated notes
Interest income on debt securities
Interest expense on debt securities in issue
Share of profit of associate
Equity settled share-based payment charge

(b) Increase in operating assets

Loans and advances to customers
Loans and advances to banks
Derivative financial instruments 
Fair value adjustments for portfolio hedged risk
Other operating assets

30 June
2018
£m
8.4
14.2
0.5
–
19.5
(6.8)
(14.9)
8.6
(1.2)
10.7
(14.5)
1.6
(0.3)
4.9
30.7

30 June
2018
£m
(1,511.0)
(12.3)
(10.3)
12.2
(12.7)
(1,534.1)

31 December 
2016
£m
5.3 
4.1 
0.4 
1.6 
15.5 
(3.4)
(5.4)
(2.1)
(3.8)
6.1 
(12.4)
1.9 
–
3.5 
11.3 

31 December 
2016
£m
(1,339.2)
9.5 
(5.7)
4.6 
(2.0)
(1,332.8)

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

111

(c) Increase in operating liabilities

Amounts due to banks
Customers' accounts
Derivative financial instruments
Fair value adjustments for portfolio hedged risk
Other operating liabilities

30 June
2018
£m
924.4
1,102.6
(19.1)
1.4
6.3
2,015.6

31 December 
2016
£m
348.7 
931.7 
0.4 
(0.4)
4.1 
1,284.5 

(d) Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on demand and overnight deposits 
classified as cash and balances at central banks (unless restricted) and balances within loans and advances to banks. 
The following balances have been identified as being cash and cash equivalents.

Cash and balances at central banks
Less restricted balances
Loans and advances to banks

2018  
£m
508.8
(16.3)
52.2
544.7

2016
£m
116.4 
(9.6)
34.1 
140.9 

Restricted balances comprise minimum balances required to be held at the Bank of England as they are not readily convertible to 
cash in hand or demand deposits. Loans and advances to banks as at 30 June 2018 include £10.9 million held by the securitisation 
vehicle, Oak No.1 PLC, which is not available to the other members of the Group (31 December 2016: £10.9 million).

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix112

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

37. Commitments and contingencies
At 30 June 2018, the Group had undrawn commitments to lend of £442.8 million (31 December 2016: £715.3 million). These relate 
mostly to irrevocable lines of credit granted to customers. Note the December 2016 comparative has been adjusted to exclude 
revocable commitments (where there is no firm commitment to lend) in order to align with the figure reported for the period 
ending 30 June 2018.

The reduction in undrawn commitments to lend is driven by a reduction in the BTL pipeline as at 30 June 2018 compared with 
31 December 2016. Buy-to-Let pipeline at 31 December 2016 reflected the impending tax changes on BTL properties which were 
effective from 6th April 2017. 

At the end of the reporting period, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are payable 
as follows:

Land and buildings
In less than one year
Between one and five years
More than five years

Equipment
In less than one year
Between one and five years

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

2.8
8.7
3.7
15.2

1.9 
5.4 
1.6 
8.9 

30 June 
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

0.3
0.6
0.9

0.2
–
0.2 

At 30 June 2018, the majority of operating leases for equipment related to 36 cars that the Group held under lease (31 December 
2016: 64). The majority of these leases are due to expire in 2021.

Legislation
As a financial services Group, Aldermore Group PLC is subject to extensive and comprehensive regulation. The Group must 
comply with numerous laws and regulations which significantly affect the way it does business. Whilst the Group believes there 
are no unidentified areas of failure to comply with these laws and regulations which would have a material impact on the financial 
statements, there can be no guarantee that all issues have been identified.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

113

38. Related parties
(a) Controlling parties
Until the purchase by FirstRand International Guernsey Limited in March 2018, AnaCap Financial Partners L.P., AnaCap Financial 
Partners II L.P., AnaCap Derby Co-Investment (No.1.) L.P. and AnaCap Derby Co-Investment (No.2.) L.P held 5.21%, 6.89%, 7.05% 
and 5.97% of the Company’s ordinary share capital respectively. Although the Principal Shareholders were no longer a controlling 
party for the Group they continued to have significant influence and are therefore considered to be a related party for the period 
ending 30 June 2018 from 1 January 2017 until 14 March 2018.

FirstRand International Guernsey Limited acquired 100% of the share capital of Aldermore Group PLC in March 2018. 
They therefore became the immediate parent of Aldermore Group PLC. FirstRand International Limited is a company 
incorporated in Guernsey (registered number 17166), and is a wholly owned subsidiary of FirstRand Limited a company 
incorporated in South Africa (registered number 1929/001225/06) and the ultimate parent. 

During the period to 30 June 2018, the Group also incurred fees of £30,000 (2016: £nil) in relation to the Directors who represent 
the ultimate parent company. Prior to the FirstRand International Guernsey Limited acquisition the Group incurred fees of 
£0.1 million in relation to the Directors who represented the principal shareholders until March 2018 (2016: £0.1 million).

b) Associates
During the period from 28 September to 30 June 2018, the Group held a 48% holding in AFS Group Holdings Limited. During this 
period the Group paid commission of £1.4 million to the associate. 

c) Key management personnel
Key Management Personnel (“KMP”) comprise Directors of the Group and members of the Executive Committee. Details of the 
compensation paid (in accordance with IAS 24) to KMP are:

Emoluments
Payments in respect of personal pension plans
Contributions to money purchase scheme
Termination benefits
Share-based payments

30 June
2018
£’000
7,938.8
181.3
59.3
780.0
2,365.2
11,324.6

31 December 
2016
£’000
5,207.8 
104.4 
37.3 
1,161.9 
2,439.1 
8,950.5 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix114

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

38. Related parties continued
The Group made payments of £59,300 in aggregate in respect of two key persons’ money purchase schemes during the period 
ended 30 June 2018 (31 December 2016: £37,300, four key persons).

Key persons’ emoluments includes £2.4 million of deferred bonus (31 December 2016: £1.0 million).

Share-based payments (“SBP”)
During 2017 KMP were granted awards over 1,817,012 shares. Further details of the share schemes, including performance 
conditions are provided in Note 34. In addition, a number of KMP participated in the Sharesave Plan, holding options over a total of 
88,828 shares at 31 December 2017. Following the acquisition by FirstRand International Ltd all the share schemes, including the 
Sharesave Plan, vested and the shares were acquired for cash from the individuals. As per note 34, the shares under PSP and RSP 
awards which lapsed as a result of the application of time pro-rating were rolled over into cash-settled Transition Awards. 

Transactions with KMP
The aggregate value of transactions and outstanding balances related to KMP (as defined by IAS 24: “Related Party Disclosures”) 
were as follows:

Deposits
At 1 January
Net movement
At 30 June/31 December 

30 June 
2018
£’000

31 December 
2016
£’000

965.5
(116.6)
848.9

2,019.2 
(1,053.7)
965.5 

The table above includes transactions and balances relating to KMP in post at the end of the year. 

At 30 June 2018, there are no loans held with KMP (31 December 2016: one loan, £40,000). All current transactions, loans and 
deposits, with KMP are conducted through the ordinary course of business with the Group. All deposit arrangements have been 
operated by the Group on commercial terms and conditions.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

115

39. Financial instruments and fair values
The following table summarises the classification and carrying amounts of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities:

30 June 2018
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities
Derivatives held for risk management
Loans and advances to customers
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk
Other assets
Total financial assets
Non-financial assets
Total assets
Amounts due to banks
Customers’ accounts
Derivatives held for risk management
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Subordinated notes
Total financial liabilities
Non-financial liabilities
Total liabilities

31 December 2016
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities
Derivatives held for risk management
Loans and advances to customers
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk
Other assets
Total financial assets
Non-financial assets
Total assets
Amounts due to banks
Customers’ accounts
Derivatives held for risk management
Fair value adjustment for portfolio hedged risk
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Subordinated notes
Total financial liabilities
Non-financial liabilities
Total liabilities

Loans and 
receivables
£m
508.8 
96.6 
–
–
8,990.5 
–
6.3 
9,602.2 

Available 
for sale
£m
–
–
792.3 
–
–
–
–
792.3 

Fair value 
through profit or 
loss (required)
£m
–
–
– 
22.7
–
–
–
22.7

Fair value 
hedges
£m
–
–
–
–
–
(15.7)
–
(15.7)

Liabilities at 
amortised cost
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
16.7 
–
–
–
–
16.7 

–
–
–
0.2 
–
–
–
 0.2 

1,678.2 
7,776.3 
–
–
21.8 
77.9 
60.5 
9,614.7 

Loans and 
receivables
£m
116.4 
67.2 
–
–
7,477.3 
–
2.9 
7,663.8 

Available 
for sale
£m
–
–
664.5 
–
–
–
–
664.5 

Fair value 
through profit or 
loss (required)
£m
–
–
–
12.4 
–
–
–
12.4 

Fair value 
hedges
£m
–
–
–
–
–
(3.5)
–
(3.5)

Liabilities at 
amortised cost
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
35.8 
–
–
–
–
35.8 

–
–
–
 (1.2)
–
–
–
(1.2)

753.8 
6,673.7 
–
–
20.9 
130.6 
100.0 
7,679.0 

Total 
 £m
508.8 
96.6 
792.3 
22.7 
8,990.5 
(15.7)
6.3 
10,401.5 
31.2
10,432.7 
1,678.2 
7,776.3 
16.7 
0.2 
21.8 
77.9 
60.5 
9,631.6 
43.1 
9,674.7 

Total 
 £m
116.4 
67.2 
664.5 
12.4 
7,477.3 
(3.5)
2.9 
8,337.2 
44.0 
8,381.2 
753.8 
6,673.7 
35.8 
(1.2)
20.9 
130.6 
100.0 
7,713.6 
41.6 
7,755.2 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix116

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

39. Financial instruments and fair values continued
The following table summarises the carrying amounts and fair values of those financial assets and liabilities not presented in 
the statement of financial position at fair value. The fair values in this note are stated at a specific date and may be significantly 
different from the amounts which will actually be paid on the maturity or settlement dates of the instruments. As a wide range of 
valuation techniques are available, it may be inappropriate to compare this fair value information to that of independent market or 
other financial institutions.

Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Total financial assets

Amounts due to banks
Customers’ accounts
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Subordinated notes
Total financial liabilities

30 June 2018

31 December 2016

Carrying value
£m
508.8
96.6
8,990.5
6.2
9,602.1

1,678.2
7,776.3
21.8
77.9
60.5
9,614.7

Fair value
£m
508.8
96.6
8,979.4
6.2
9,591.0

1,678.2
7,778.8
21.8
78.3
61.9
9,619.0

Carrying value
£m
116.4 
67.2 
7,477.3 
2.9 
7,663.8 

753.8 
6,673.7 
20.9 
130.6 
100.0 
7,679.0 

Fair value
£m
116.4 
67.2 
7,613.0 
2.9 
7,799.5 

753.8 
6,705.9 
20.9 
131.9 
101.8 
7,714.3 

Key considerations in the calculation of the disclosed fair values for those financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost 
include the following:

(a) Cash and balances at central banks 
These represent amounts with an initial maturity of less than three months and, as such, their carrying value is considered a 
reasonable approximation of their fair value.

(b) Loans and advances to banks
These represent either amounts with an initial maturity of less than three months or longer term variable rate deposits placed 
with banks, where adjustments to fair value in respect of the credit risk of the counterparty are not considered necessary. 
Accordingly, the carrying value of the assets is considered to be not materially different from their fair value.

(c) Loans and advances to customers
For fixed rate lending products, the Group has estimated the fair value of the fixed rate interest cash flows by discounting 
those cash flows by the current appropriate market reference rate used for pricing equivalent products plus the credit spread 
attributable to the borrower. For standard variable rate lending products, and fixed rate products when they revert to the Group’s 
standard variable rate, the interest rate on such products is considered equivalent to a current market product rate and, as 
such, the Group considers the discounted future cash flows of these mortgages to be equal to their carrying value. Incurred loss 
provisions are deducted from the fair value amounts, as well as adjustments for changes in future credit risk.

(d) Other assets and liabilities
These represent short term receivables and payables and, as such, their carrying value is not considered to be materially 
different from their fair value.

(e) Amounts due to banks
These mainly represent securities sold under agreements to repurchase which were drawn down from the Bank of England 
under the terms of the Funding for Lending and Term Funding Schemes. These transactions are collateralised by UK Government 
Treasury Bills, which have a low susceptibility to credit risk, so adjustments to fair value in respect of the credit risk of the 
counterparty are not considered necessary. Accordingly, the carrying value of the liabilities are not considered to be materially 
different from their fair value.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

117

(f) Customers’ accounts
The fair value of fixed rate customers’ accounts have been determined by discounting estimated future cash flows based on 
rates currently offered by the Group for equivalent deposits. Customers’ accounts at variable rates are at current market rates 
and therefore, the Group regards the fair value to be equal to the carrying value. The estimated fair value of deposits with no 
stated maturity is the amount repayable on demand.

(g) Debt securities in issue 
As the securities are actively traded in a recognised market, with readily available and quoted prices, these have been used to 
value the securities. These securities are therefore regarded as having Level 1 fair values, see below. 

(h) Subordinated notes
The estimated fair value of the subordinated notes is based on discounted cash flows using interest rates for similar liabilities with 
the same remaining maturity, credit ranking and rating. 

The following table provides an analysis of financial assets and liabilities held on the consolidated statement of financial position 
at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

30 June 2018
Financial assets:
Derivatives held for risk management
Debt securities:
Asset-backed securities
UK Gilts and Supranational bonds
Corporate bonds
Covered bonds

Financial liabilities:
Derivatives held for risk management

31 December 2016
Financial assets:
Derivatives held for risk management
Debt securities:
Asset-backed securities
UK Gilts and Supranational bonds
Corporate bonds
Covered bonds

Financial liabilities:
Derivatives held for risk management

Level 1
£m

–

–
482.2
–
280.0
762.2

–
–

Level 1
£m

–

–
392.1 
29.7 
172.3 
594.1 

–
–

Level 2
£m

Level 3
£m

22.7

30.1
–
–
–
52.8

16.7
16.7

Level 2
£m

12.4 

70.4 
–
–
–
82.8 

35.8 
35.8 

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

Level 3
£m

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

Total
£m

22.7

30.1
482.2
–
280.0
815.0

16.7
16.7

Total
£m

12.4 

70.4 
392.1 
29.7 
172.3 
676.9 

35.8 
35.8 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix118

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
continued

39. Financial instruments and fair values continued
Level 1:  Fair value determined using quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: 

 Fair value determined using directly or indirectly observable inputs other than unadjusted quoted prices included within 
Level 1 that are observable.

Level 3:  Fair value determined using one or more significant inputs that are not based on observable market data.

The fair values of UK Gilts, Supranational bonds, Corporate bonds and Covered bonds are based on quoted bid prices in 
active markets.

The fair value of asset-backed securities are based on indicative prices provided by market counterparties, but before relying on 
these prices, the Group has obtained an understanding of how the prices were derived to ensure that each investment is assigned 
an appropriate classification within the fair value hierarchy.

The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities are determined using widely recognised valuation methods for financial 
instruments such as interest rate swaps and use only observable market data that require little management judgement 
and estimation. Credit value and debit value adjustments have not been applied as the derivative assets and liabilities are 
largely collateralised.

Fair value measurement – financial assets and liabilities held at amortised cost
All the fair values of financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost are considered to be Level 2 valuations which are 
determined using directly or indirectly observable inputs other than unadjusted quoted prices, except for debt securities in issue 
which are Level 1 and loans and advances to customers which are Level 3.

Fair value of transferred assets and associated liabilities
Securitisation vehicle
The sale of the beneficial ownership of the loans and advances to customers to the securitisation vehicle by the Bank fail the 
derecognition criteria, and consequently, these loans remain on the statement of financial position of the Group. The Bank, 
therefore, recognises a deemed loan financial liability on its statement of financial position and an equivalent deemed loan 
asset is held on the securitisation vehicle’s statement of financial position. As the securitisation vehicle is consolidated into the 
Group with the Bank, the deemed loans net out in the consolidated accounts. The deemed loans are repaid as and when principal 
repayments are made by customers against these transferred loans and advances.

The securitisation vehicle has issued fixed and floating rate notes which are secured on loans and advances to customers. 
The notes are redeemable in part from time to time, such redemptions being limited to the net capital received from mortgagors 
in respect of the underlying assets.

The Group retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership. The Group benefits to the extent to which surplus 
income generated by the transferred mortgage portfolios exceeds the administration costs of these mortgages. The Group 
continues to bear the credit risk of these mortgage assets.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

119

The results of the securitisation vehicle listed in Note 30 are consolidated into the results of the Group. The table below shows 
the carrying values and fair value of the assets transferred to the securitisation vehicle and its associated liabilities. The carrying 
value presented below are the carrying amounts recorded in the Group accounts. Some of the notes issued by the securitisation 
vehicle are held by the Group and as such are not shown in the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group.

30 June 2018
Oak No. 1 PLC

31 December 2016
Oak No. 1 PLC

Carrying 
amount of 
transferred 
assets not 
derecognised
£m
103.2

Carrying 
amount of 
transferred 
assets not 
derecognised
£m
148.7

Carrying 
amount of 
associated 
liabilities
£m
77.9

Fair value of 
transferred 
assets not 
derecognised
£m
110.8

Carrying 
amount of 
associated 
liabilities
£m
130.6

Fair value of 
transferred 
assets not 
derecognised
£m
155.0

Fair value of 
associated 
liabilities
£m
78.3

Fair value of 
associated 
liabilities
£m
131.9

Net position 
 £m
32.5

Net position 
 £m
23.1

40. Country-by-Country reporting
The Capital Requirements (Country-by-Country reporting) Regulations came into effect on 1 January 2014 and introduce 
reporting obligations for institutions within the scope of the European Union’s Capital Requirements Directive (CRD IV). 
The requirements aim to give increased transparency regarding the activities of institutions. 

All companies consolidated within the Group’s financial statements are registered entities in England and Wales. Note 21 to 
these financial statements includes an analysis of subsidiary undertakings and their principal activities. All of the subsidiary 
undertakings were incorporated in the UK.

The Group did not receive any public subsidies.

Total operating income
Profit before tax
Corporation tax (paid)
Employees (average FTE equivalent)

Jurisdiction 
income/ 
expense arose
UK
UK
UK
UK

30 June
2018
£m
467.4
195.3
(44.9)
936

31 December 
2016
£m
 267.5
128.7
(31.5)
874

41. Post balance sheet events
The Directors are not aware of any material events that have occurred between the date of the statement of financial position 
and the date of this report.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix120

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

The Company statement of financial position
As at 30 June 2018

Assets 
Loans and advances to banks
Investment in Group undertakings
Investment in associated companies
Amounts receivable from Group undertakings
Total assets

Liabilities
Other liabilities
Amounts payable to Group undertakings
Subordinated notes
Total liabilities

Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Contingent convertible securities
Capital redemption reserve
Share-based payment reserve
Retained earnings
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

Note

3
4
6
7

8
9

10
10
12

11

30 June
2018
£m

1.0
419.9
4.8
60.9
486.6

0.2
20.4
60.9
81.5

34.9
74.4
74.0
0.1
–
221.7
405.1
486.6

31 December 
2016
£m

0.8 
415.0 
–
60.9 
476.7 

–
0.9 
60.9
61.8 

34.5 
73.4 
74.0 
0.1 
6.9 
226.0 
414.9 
476.7 

The notes and information on pages 123 to 125 form part of these financial statements.

Aldermore Group PLC loss for the period ended 30 June 2018 was £1.6 million (31 December 2016: profit of £6.5 million).

These financial statements were approved by the Board and were signed on its behalf by:

Phillip Monks 
Director   

31 August 2018

Registered number: 06764335

James Mack 
Director

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

121

The Company statement of cash flows
For the period ended 30 June 2018

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before taxation
Decrease in operating assets
Increase in operating liabilities
Adjustments for non-cash items within the income statement
Net cash flows generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of investment in an associate
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of shares
Proceeds from subordinated notes
Issue of subordinated notes
Interest received on subordinated loan
Interest paid on subordinated loan
Loan received from Bank for the purchase of treasury shares
Purchase of treasury shares
Coupon paid on contingent convertible securities
Proceeds received on new intercompany loan raised
Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at start of the year
Movement during the year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

Note

2

6

10
9
9
9
9

8

3

30 June
2018
£m

31 December 
2016
£m

1.1
–
0.2
0.1
1.4

(4.8)
(4.8)

1.0
–
–
7.6
(7.6)
–
–
(17.8)
20.4
3.6

0.2

0.8
0.2
1.0

6.5
0.4
–
–
6.9 

–
–

– 
60.0 
(60.0)
0.9 
(0.9)
0.9 
(0.9)
(6.6)
–
(6.6)

0.3 

0.5 
0.3 
0.8 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix122

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

The Company statement of changes in equity
For the period ended 30 June 2018

Period ended 30 June 2018
As at 1 January 2017
Loss for the period

Share
capital
£m

Share
premium 
account
£m

Contingent
convertible
securities
£m

Capital
redemption
reserve
£m

Share-
based 
payment 
reserve
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

Total
£m

34.5 
–

73.4 
–

74.0 
–

0.1 
–

6.9 
–

226.0 
(1.6)

414.9 
(1.6)

-  Share-based payments, including tax reflected directly 

in retained earnings

–

–

-  Coupon paid on contingent convertible securities 

issue costs

- Exercise of share options
-  Release of loan payable by the Employee Benefit Trust
-  Transfer of share based payment reserve to 

retained earnings
As at 30 June 2018

Year ended 31 December 2016
As at 1 January
Profit for the year
Transactions with equity holders:
-  Share-based payments, including tax reflected directly 

0.4
–

–
34.9

1.0
–

–
74.4

34.5 
– 

73.4 
– 

–

–
–

–
74.0

74.0 
– 

in retained earnings

– 

– 

– 

-  Coupon paid on contingent convertible securities 

issue costs

- Own shares adjustments
As at 31 December 

– 
– 
34.5 

– 
– 
73.4 

– 
– 
74.0 

–

–
–

4.9

–

4.9

(15.0)
(0.4)
0.9

(15.0)
1.0
0.9

–
–

–
0.1

(11.8)
–

11.8
221.7

–
405.1

0.1 
– 

– 

– 
– 
0.1 

3.4 
– 

227.0 
6.5 

412.4 
6.5 

3.5 

– 
– 
6.9 

– 

3.5 

(6.6)
(0.9)
226.0 

(6.6)
(0.9)
414.9 

Financial statements 
Notes to the Company financial statements 

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

123

1. Basis of preparation
a) Accounting basis
These standalone financial statements for Aldermore Group PLC (the “Company”) have been prepared and approved by the 
Directors in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (“IASB”) and as adopted by the European Union (“EU”). The significant accounting policies adopted are set out in 
Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

b) Going concern
As detailed in Note 1(c) to the consolidated financial statements, the Directors have performed an assessment of the 
appropriateness of the going concern basis. The Directors consider that it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements.

c) Income statement
Under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present its own 
income statement.

2. Net profit attributable to equity shareholders of the Company
On including the standalone Company financial statements here together with the Group consolidated financial statements, the 
Company is taking advantage of the exemption in Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income 
statement and related notes that form a part of these financial statements.

Net (loss)/profit attributable to equity shareholders of the Company

3. Loans and advances to banks

Repayable on demand

30 June
2018
£m
(1.6)

31 December 
2016
£m
6.5

30 June
2018
£m
1.0

31 December 
2016
£m
0.8

There were no collective or individual provisions for impairment against loans and advances to banks. All amounts are considered 
to be cash and cash equivalents.

4. Investment in Group undertakings

As at 1 January
Capital contributions – Share-based payments
As at Period End 

30 June
2018
£m
415.0
4.9
419.9

31 December 
2016
£m
411.5 
3.5 
415.0 

As at 30 June 2018, £nil investments (31 December 2016: £nil) were classed as impaired.

Investment in subsidiaries
The Company owns 100 per cent of the issued share capital of Aldermore Bank PLC, which is a registered bank. Details of 
subsidiary undertakings of the Bank are provided in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements.

All the companies listed in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements are related parties to the Company.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix124

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Notes to the Company financial statements 
continued

Additional Tier 1 Perpetual Loan
On 9 December 2014, the Company made a perpetual loan of indefinite duration that is repayable at the option of the Bank, and 
bears interest at an initial rate of 11.875% per annum until 30 April 2020 and thereafter at the relevant Reset Interest Rate as 
provided in the loan agreement. The loan has been classified as an investment in a subsidiary undertaking and is carried at cost 
in accordance with IAS 27. Interest on the loan is recognised on payment as that is the point at which the unconditional receipt by 
the Company is established. 

5. Related party transactions
Details of related party transactions of the Company are provided in Note 38 to the consolidated financial statements.

6. Investment in associated companies

Investment in AFS Group Holdings Limited

30 June
2018
£m
4.8 
4.8

31 December 
2016
£m
– 
–

Details of the acquisition of the associate can be found in note 23 to the consolidated financial statements. Aldermore Group PLC 
transferred consideration via Aldermore Bank PLC, with two tranches of £0.5 million deferred and held in an escrow account in 
Aldermore Bank PLC until 2018 and 2019, subject to certain targets being met.

7. Amounts receivable from Group undertakings

Subordinated loan to Aldermore Bank PLC

30 June
2018
£m
60.9 
60.9

31 December 
2016
£m
60.9 
60.9

On the 28 October 2016, the Company made a £60 million subordinated 8.50% loan to Aldermore Bank PLC, repayable in 2026, 
with an option for the Bank to redeem after five years. The interest rate is fixed until October 2021. The loan is carried in the 
statement of financial position at amortised cost.

8. Amounts payable to Group undertakings

Employee Benefit Trust
Intercompany loans from Aldermore Bank PLC

30 June
2018
£m
–
20.4
20.4

31 December 
2016
£m
0.9
–
0.9

During 2016 the Bank made an interest free loan to the Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) in order to purchase own shares to 
enable the Group to meet future share-based payments awards as detailed in Note 34 of the consolidated financial statements. 
Following the vesting of the executive share awards in 2018 this loan was forgiven in 2018.

Amounts payable to Aldermore Bank PLC carry interest of between 1.0% per annum above LIBOR to 1.30% per annum above 
LIBOR charged on the outstanding loan balances.

9. Subordinated notes

Subordinated notes

30 June
2018
£m
60.9

31 December 
2016
£m
60.9

On 28 October 2016, the Company issued £60 million subordinated 8.50% notes, repayable in 2026, with an option for the 
Company to redeem after five years. The loan notes are carried in the statement of financial position at amortised cost. 
Issue costs of £0.4 million (31 December 2016: £0.6 million) are held in Aldermore Bank PLC.

10. Share capital
Details of share capital and share premium account of the Company are provided in Note 33 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

Financial statementsAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

125

11. Share-based payments
Details of share-based payments issued by the Company and movements in the period are provided in Note 35 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

12. Contingent convertible securities
Details of the contingent convertible securities issued by the Company are provided in Note 36 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

13. Risk management
Through its Risk Management Framework, the Group is responsible for determining its principal risks, and the level of acceptable 
risks, as stipulated in the Group’s risk appetite statement, thus ensuring that there is an adequate system of risk management so 
that the levels of capital and liquidity held are consistent with the risk profile of the business.

The risk management disclosures of the Group on pages 36 to 59 apply to the Company where relevant and therefore no 
additional disclosures are included in this note.

14. Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The Directors consider that the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities, apart from its investments in Group undertakings 
and associates, are approximately equal to their carrying value. Accordingly no further disclosures in respect of fair values are 
provided. The investment in Aldermore Bank PLC is considered to be greater than the carrying value.

15. Controlling party information
Details of controlling party information of the Company are provided in Note 38a to the consolidated financial statements.

16. Post balance sheet events
The Directors are not aware of any material events that have occurred between the date of the statement of financial position 
and the date of this report.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendixAppendix

Glossary 

127

Glossary

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

127

AIP: Annual Incentive Plan. 
Annual bonus scheme that is open to selected 
senior employees.

ALCO: Asset and Liabilities Committee. 
Responsible for managing the Group’s 
exposure to capital, liquidity, interest rate and 
market risk.

Allowance for impairment losses: Allowances 
held against assets on the statement of 
financial position as a result of the raising 
of a charge against profit for the incurred 
losses in the lending book. The allowance 
represents management’s best estimate of 
losses incurred in the loan portfolio at the 
reporting date.

Annualised ratios: Figures and Ratios over 
the 18 month accounting period scaled to a 
12 month period.

Arrears: Customers are said to be in arrears 
or non-performing when they are behind 
in fulfilling their obligations with the result 
that an outstanding loan is unpaid or 
overdue. Corporate customers may also be 
considered non-performing prior to being 
behind in fulfilling their obligations. This can 
happen when a significant restructuring 
exercise begins.

AT1 Capital: See “Contingent Convertible 
Securities” below.

Bank: Aldermore Bank PLC, the principal 
subsidiary of Aldermore Group PLC. The Bank 
is authorised by the Prudential Regulation 
Authority and regulated by the Financial 
Conduct Authority and the Prudential 
Regulation Authority (Financial Services 
Register Number: 204503). It is registered in 
England (company number: 00947662).

Basel II: A statement of best practice 
issued by the Basel Committee on Banking 
Supervision, that defines the methods by 
which firms should calculate their regulatory 
capital requirements to retain enough capital 
to protect the financial system against 
unexpected losses. Basel II became law in 
the EU Capital Requirements Directive, and 
was implemented in the UK via the then 
FSA Handbook.

Basel III: A strengthening of the requirements 
laid out in Basel II which has been phased 
into the Group from 2014 ahead of full 
implementation by 2022. Basel III is 
implemented within the European Union 
(including the UK) through CRD IV.

Basis points (bps): One hundredth of a per 
cent (0.01%). 100 basis points is 1%. It is used 
in quoting movements in interest rates or 
yields on securities.

BBR: Bank of England Base Rate.

Board: The Board of Directors of Aldermore 
Group PLC.

Capital Requirements Directive (CRD IV): 
This encompasses the Capital Requirements 
Directive and the Capital Requirements 
Regulation (CRR) as well as the PRA’s Policy 
Statement PS7/13: “Strengthening capital 
standards”. CRD IV implements Basel III within 
the European Union (including the UK) and is 
a strengthening of the requirements laid out 
in Basel II.

Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR): 
The European Union has implemented 
the Basel III capital proposals through the 
Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) and 
the Capital Requirements Directive (CRD), 
collectively known as CRD IV. CRD IV was 
implemented on 1 January 2014.

Capital resources: Capital held, allowable 
under regulatory rules, less certain 
regulatory adjustments and deductions that 
are required to be made. Capital includes 
retained earnings, share capital and 
share premium.

Capital risk: The risk that the Group has 
insufficient capital to cover regulatory 
requirements and growth plans.

CCA: Consumer Credit Act.

CET1: See Fully Loaded CRD IV Common 
Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital.

CFP: Contingency Funding Plan. 
Outlines what actions the Group could take to 
ensure it complies with the liquidity adequacy 
rules, maintains sufficient capital and 
operated within its risk appetite and limits, as 
set and approved by the Board. Forms part 
of the Group’s Recovery and Resolution Plan 
(see “RRP” below).

CML: Council of Mortgage Lenders, the 
main trade body representing UK mortgage 
lenders, of which Aldermore Bank PLC is a 
full member.

Collateral: A borrower’s pledge, usually 
a property, which acts as security for 
repayment of the loan.

Company: Aldermore Group PLC as a 
standalone entity. Aldermore Group PLC 
is registered in England (company number: 
06764335).

Conduct risk: The risk of detriment to the 
Group’s customers due to the inappropriate 
execution of its business activities 
and processes.

Contingent Convertible Securities: Fixed 
Rate Reset Additional Tier 1 Perpetual 
Subordinated Contingent Convertible 
Securities also referred to as AT1 Capital. 
The Group issued £75 million of AT1 
securities on the Irish Stock Exchange on 
9 December 2014.

Cost of risk: Cost of risk is defined as credit 
impairment losses divided by average gross 
loans for a given period.

Cost/income ratio: Administrative expenses 
including depreciation and amortisation 
divided by total operating income.

Coverage ratio: The proportion of 
individually impaired loans and advances 
that are covered by individual allowances for 
impairment losses.

CRD IV: The Fourth Capital Requirements 
Directive issued by the EU, intended 
to implement the Basel III agreement. 
Preceded by CRD III.

Credit impairment: Impairment losses on 
loans and advances to customers.

Credit risk: The risk of financial loss arising 
from a borrower failing to meet their financial 
obligations to the Group in accordance with 
agreed terms.

Credit Support Annex (CSA): The swap Credit 
Support Annex agreement requires the 
Group or a swap counterparty to hold cash in 
a deposit account, depending on whether the 
swap is in or out of the money.

Customers’ accounts: Money deposited by 
individuals and companies that are not credit 
institutions. Such funds are recorded as 
liabilities in the Group’s statement of financial 
position under “customers’ accounts”.

Customers’ deposits: Monies our customers 
have deposited.

Customers’ numbers: The number of 
customers selecting Aldermore for their 
savings or borrowing needs.

Debt securities in issue: Securities issued 
by the Group that are secured on certain 
portfolios of variable and fixed rate 
mortgages through the Group’s securitisation 
vehicle, Oak No. 1 PLC.

Derivative: A financial instrument that has 
a value based on the expected future price 
movements of the instrument to which it 
is linked.

DRR Regulations: Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) Regulations 2008. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix128

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Glossary 
continued

DSP: Deferred Share Plan. A share plan under 
which a proportion of the annual bonus 
earned by selected senior employees was 
deferred into shares.

Effective Interest Rate (EIR): The effective 
interest rate method calculates the 
amortised cost of a financial asset or financial 
liability and allocates the interest income 
over the relevant period. The effective 
interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts 
estimated future cash receipts through the 
expected life of the financial asset or financial 
liability. Calculation of the effective interest 
rate takes into account all contractual terms 
of the financial instrument but includes all 
amounts received or paid that are an integral 
part of the overall return, direct incremental 
transaction costs related to the acquisition 
or issue of a financial instrument and all other 
premiums and discounts.

Emergence Period (EP): The time between a 
trigger event occurring and the loans being 
identified as individually impaired.

Expected loss (EL): A measure of anticipated 
loss for exposures captured under an 
internal ratings based credit risk approach. 
The 12 month expected loss amount is the 
exposure, arising from a potential default 
of a counterparty, over the next 12 months 
in respect of the amount expected to be 
outstanding at default.

Exposure at default (EaD): An estimate of the 
amount expected to be owed by a customer 
at the time of a customer’s default.

Fair Value: Fair value is defined as the amount 
for which an asset could be exchanged, or a 
liability settled, between willing parties in an 
arm’s length transaction.

Financial Conduct Authority (FCA): The FCA 
is responsible for the regulation of conduct 
in retail, as well as wholesale, financial 
markets and the infrastructure that supports 
those markets.

has stopped trading or has been declared in 
default. The FSCS is funded by the financial 
services industry. Every firm authorised 
by the PRA is obliged to pay an annual levy, 
which goes towards its running costs and 
compensation payments.

Forbearance: Forbearance takes place when 
a concession is made on the contractual 
terms of a loan in response to borrowers’ 
financial difficulties. Forbearance options 
are determined by assessing the customer’s 
personal circumstances.

Forced Sale Discount (FSD): The difference in 
sale proceeds between a sale under normal 
conditions and a sale at auction.

FTSE 250: The share index consisting of the 
101st to 350th largest company listed on the 
London Stock Exchange. Aldermore Group 
PLC was a member of the FTSE 250 from June 
2015 until March 2018.

Fully loaded CRD IV Common Equity Tier 1 
(CET1) capital: A measure of capital that is 
predominantly common equity as defined 
by the Capital Requirements Regulation. 
CET 1 capital is the highest quality of capital 
and comprises share capital, share premium, 
capital redemption reserve, available 
for sale reserve, net assets and retained 
earnings. The book values of goodwill and 
intangible assets as well as other regulatory 
adjustments, including the full 12 month 
amount of expected loss over provisions, are 
deducted from Common Equity Tier 1 capital 
for the purposes of capital adequacy.

Funding for Lending Scheme (FLS): Launched 
by The Bank of England and HM Treasury. 
Originally due to end in January 2015, the FLS 
was subsequently extended and ended in 
January 2018.

Gap: The Bank’s net exposure between fixed 
and variable rate elements being managed 
within its market risk, e.g. interest rate 
movements (see Market risk).

Financial instruments: Any document with 
monetary value. Examples include cash and 
cash equivalents, but also securities such as 
bonds and stocks which have value and may 
be traded in exchange for money.

Group: The Aldermore Group PLC standalone 
entity and its subsidiary undertakings, 
including its principal subsidiary, Aldermore 
Bank PLC. Aldermore Group PLC is registered 
in England (company number: 06764335).

Financial Services Compensation Scheme 
(FSCS): The UK’s compensation fund of 
last resort for customers of authorised 
financial services firms. The FSCS may pay 
compensation to customers, up to a specified 
limit, if a firm is unable, or likely to be unable, 
to pay claims against it, usually because it 

Hedging: A technique used by the Group to 
offset risks on one instrument by purchasing 
a second instrument that is expected to 
perform in the opposite way.

Help to Buy: “Help to Buy” was formed as 
part of the 2013 Budget announcement by 
the Government and is part of a package 
of measures designed to increase the 
availability of low-deposit mortgages for 
credit worthy households and to boost the 
supply of new housing.

HMO: Houses of multiple occupancy. 
A property rented out by at least three 
people who are not from one “household” 
(e.g. a family) but share facilities like the 
bathroom and kitchen. It is sometimes called 
a “house share”.

HPI: House Price Index.

IASB: International Accounting Standards 
Board. A London-based organisation which 
seeks to set and enforce standards for 
accounting procedures. It is responsible 
for maintaining the International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IRFS).

IFRSs: International Financial Reporting 
Standards, the accounting standards subject 
to endorsement by the EU by which the Group 
prepared its statutory accounts commencing 
from 1 January 2014.

Impaired loans: Loans where the Group does 
not expect to collect all the contractual cash 
flows or expects to collect them later than 
they are contractually due.

Impairment allowance: A loss allowance held 
on the statement of financial position as a 
result of the raising of a charge against profit 
for the incurred losses in the lending book. 
An impairment loss allowance may be either 
individual or collective.

Individual Capital Guidance (ICG): The PRA’s 
statement as to the regulatory capital under 
Pillar 2a that it expects the Group to hold over 
the Pillar 1 requirement.

Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment 
(ILAA): The Group’s assessment of its 
liquidity risks, controls and quantification 
of liquid assets required to survive severe 
financial shocks addressed through the use 
of stress tests prescribed by the PRA (see 
Liquidity risk).

AppendixAldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

129

Individually significant: Large value loans that 
exceed a balance threshold established by the 
Group, above which it is deemed appropriate 
to assess accounts for impairment on an 
individual basis.

Interest rate risk: The risk of financial loss 
through un-hedged or mismatched asset 
and liability positions sensitive to changes in 
interest rates.

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process (ICAAP): The Group’s own 
assessment, as part of Basel II and Basel III 
requirements, of the levels of capital that 
it needs to hold in respect of its regulatory 
capital requirements (for credit, market and 
operational risks) and for other risks including 
stress events.

KMP: Key management personnel, namely 
Directors of the Group and members of the 
Executive Committee.

KPIs: Key performance indicators.

Leverage ratio: A CRD IV measure, 
calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to 
total exposures. Total exposures include 
on-balance sheet items, off-balance sheet 
items and derivatives. The leverage ratio is 
a supplementary measure to the risk based 
capital requirements and is intended to 
constrain the build-up of excess leverage in 
the banking sector.

LIBOR (London Interbank Offered Rate): The 
interest rate participating banks offer to 
other banks for loans on the London market.

Liquid Asset Buffer: The stock of assets 
which the Bank has available in order to 
manage its liquidity risk. These assets have 
relatively short maturity dates.

Liquidity risk: The risk that the Group is not 
able to meet its obligations as they fall due, or 
can only do so at excessive cost.

Loan to value (LTV): A ratio which expresses 
the amount of a mortgage outstanding as 
a percentage of the value of the property. 
The Group calculates residential mortgage 
LTV on an indexed basis (the value of the 
property is updated on a quarterly basis to 
reflect changes in the house price index (HPI).

Loans to Deposit Ratio: The ratio of 
loans and advances to customers net of 
allowance for impairment losses divided by 
customer deposits.

Loss given default (LGD): An estimate of the 
actual loss that would occur in the event of 
default expressed as a percentage of the 
Exposure at Default.

LPA: Law of Property Act.

Market risk: The financial impact from 
movements in market prices on the value 
of assets and liabilities. The majority of the 
Bank’s market risk arises from changes in 
interest rates.

Medium term: Two to three years.

MIA: Months in arrears.

Monte Carlo simulation: A broad class 
of computational algorithms that rely 
on repeated random sampling to obtain 
numerical results.

Net interest income: The difference between 
interest received on assets and interest paid 
on liabilities after taking into account the 
effect of hedging derivatives.

Net Interest Margin (NIM): Net interest 
income as a percentage of average net loans.

Net Loans: Monies our customers have 
borrowed from us.

Net revenue margin: Total operating income 
as a percentage of average interest-
earning assets.

NPL (non-performing loans) ratio: Individually 
impaired loans expressed as a percentage of 
gross loans.

Oak No 1 PLC: The Group’s securitisation 
vehicle. Oak No.1 PLC is registered in England 
(company number: 08814635).

Operational risk: The risk of financial loss 
and/or reputational damage resulting from 
inadequate or failed internal processes, 
people and systems or from external events 
including financial crime.

Origination: The process of creating or 
acquiring a loan or mortgage.

Parent Company: FirstRand International 
Guernsey Limited, a company incorporated 
in Guernsey (registered number 17166), a 
wholly owned subsidiary of FirstRand Limited 
a company incorporated in South Africa 
(registered number 1929/001225/06), the 
ultimate parent company.

Past due: When a counterparty has failed to 
make a payment when contractually due.

Pillar 1: Minimum capital requirement under 
Capital Requirements Regulation.

Pillar 2a: PRA’s guidance as to regulatory 
capital it expects a bank to hold above Pillar 1.

Pillar 3: The part of CRD IV that sets out 
disclosure requirements in relation to their 
risks, the amount of capital required to absorb 
them and their approach to risk management. 
The aim is to strengthen market discipline.

Probability of default (PD): The likelihood 
that a loan will not be repaid and will fall into 
default. To calculate PD, the Group assesses 
the credit quality of borrowers and other 
counterparties and assigns them an internal 
risk rating. 

Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA): 
The FSA was replaced as the UK’s financial 
regulator on 1 April 2013 with two new 
regulatory bodies: the PRA and the FCA. 
The PRA, a subsidiary of the Bank of England, 
is responsible for promoting the stable and 
prudent operation of the financial system 
through regulation of all deposit-taking 
institutions, insurers and investment banks.

PSP: Performance Share Plan. A share plan 
that was open to selected senior employees.

Pts: Percentage points.

RAF: Risk Appetite Framework.

Recovery and Resolution Plan (RRP): The 
FSA required all UK deposit takers and large 
investment firms to draw up a Recovery 
and Resolution Plan by 31 December 2012. 
The Recovery Plan assesses and documents 
the recovery options available in situations 
of financial stress or negative financial 
shocks, either market-wide or idiosyncratic. 
The Resolution Plan will provide authorities 
with sufficient information to enable them 
to determine a detailed roadmap to resolve a 
failed financial institution, without resorting 
to government (effectively taxpayer) 
support.

Reported profit before tax: Profit before 
tax (PBT) gives an overall measure of the 
performance of the business model.

Return on Equity (RoE): The ratio of profit 
for the year (after tax) to average equity, 
expressed as a percentage.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceRisk managementFinancial statementsAppendix130

Aldermore Group PLC  Report and Accounts 2017/18

Glossary 
continued

Risk Weighted Assets (RWA): A measure of 
a bank’s assets adjusted for their associated 
risks. Risk weightings are established in 
accordance with Basel II.

RMBS: Residential Mortgage Backed 
Securities. See “Securitisation” below.

RMF: Risk Management Framework. The Risk 
Management Framework outlines the 
governance, policies, procedures, systems, 
tools, techniques and activities by which 
the Board and senior management establish 
and monitor the Group’s risk appetite and 
effectively manage risk. 

RSP: Restricted Share Plan. A share plan that 
was open to selected senior employees.

SBP: Share-based payments.

Securitisation: Securitisation is a process by 
which a group of assets, usually loans, are 
aggregated into a pool, which is used to back 
the issuance of new securities. A company 
sells assets to a securitisation vehicle which 
then issues securities backed by the assets. 
This allows the credit quality of the assets 
to be separated from the credit rating of 
the original company. Assets used in the 
securitisations undertaken to date include 
mortgages to create residential mortgage 
backed securities (RMBS). The Group 
established Oak No 1 PLC as part of its 
funding and capital management activities.

SIP: Share Incentive Plan. A share plan that 
was open to all employees.

SMEs: Small and medium sized businesses 
engaging with the Group as customers.

SREP: Supervisory Review Evaluation 
Process. The SREP is a process by which the 
PRA will (taking into account the nature, scale 
and complexity of a firm’s activities) review 
the arrangements, strategies, processes 
and mechanisms implemented by a firm to 
comply with its regulatory requirements laid 
down in PRA rules and the CRR, evaluate the 
risks to which the firm is or might be exposed, 
assess the risks that the firm poses to the 
financial system, and evaluate the further 
risks revealed by stress testing.

Standard Variable Rate (SVR): A variable and 
basic rate of interest charged on a mortgage. 
This may change in reaction to market 
conditions resulting in monthly repayments 
going up or down. Within Aldermore the SVR 
is called the Aldermore Managed Rate (AMR).

Supervisory Authority: The UK Prudential 
Regulation Authority.

Term Funding Scheme (TFS): Designed to 
reinforce the transmission of Bank Rate cuts 
to those interest rates actually faced by 
households and businesses by providing term 
funding to banks at rates close to Bank Rate. 
The TFS also provides participants with a 
cost effective source of funding. The scheme 
closed in February 2018.

Tier 1: A regulatory measure of financial 
(capital) strength. Tier 1 is divided into 
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) and Additional 
Tier 1 (AT1) capital. CET 1 capital comprises 
share capital, share premium, capital 
redemption reserve, available for sale reserve 
and retained earnings. The book values of 
goodwill and intangible assets are deducted 
from CET1 capital and other regulatory 
adjustments may be made for the purposes 
of capital adequacy. Qualifying capital 
instruments such as Contingent Convertible 
Securities are included in Additional Tier 
1 capital.

Tier 1 ratio: Tier 1 capital divided by Risk 
Weighted Assets.

Tier 2: Tier 2 capital comprises the Group’s 
subordinated notes and collective impairment 
allowance (for exposures treated on a Basel 
II standardised basis). Certain regulatory 
deductions may be made for the purposes of 
assessing capital adequacy.

Total capital ratio: The sum of the Tier 1 capital 
ratio and the Tier 2 capital ratio.

Underlying cost/income ratio: Administrative 
expenses including depreciation and 
amortisation, but excluding expenses 
that the Executive assesses as distorting 
underlying performance, divided by total 
operating income.

Underlying profit before tax: The figure as 
reported under IFRS, adjusted to reflect 
how the Executive assesses the Group’s 
underlying performance without distortions 
caused by items that are not reflective of 
the Group’s ongoing business activities. 
For details of the individual adjustments, 
see the reconciliation in the CFO’s review 
on page 16.

Underlying Return on Equity (RoE): The ratio 
of underlying profit for the year (after tax) to 
average equity, expressed as a percentage.

Unsecured lending: Lending for which there is 
no collateral for the loan.

AppendixDesigned and produced by Radley Yeldar www.ry.com

Aldermore are committed to caring for the environment and looking for sustainable ways to minimise our impact on it.

This report has been printed on paper which is certified by the Forest Stewardship Council®. The paper is Process Chlorine Free 
(PCF) made at a mill with ISO 14001 environmental management system accreditation. This report was produced using the 
pureprint® environmental print technology, a guaranteed, low carbon, low waste, independently audited process that reduces 
the environmental impact of the printing process. Printed using vegetable oil based inks by a CarbonNeutral® printer certified 
to ISO 14001 environmental management system and registered to EMAS the Eco Management Audit Scheme.

Aldermore Group PLC

Registered Office:
Apex Plaza
4th Floor Block D
Forbury Road
Reading
Berkshire
RG1 1AX
United Kingdom

aldermore.co.uk